From 009cc923204a9d0114937a7bf613cda3677b9a48 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Bartosz Taudul Date: Mon, 9 Oct 2023 23:30:57 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] Update ImGui to 1.89.9 + docking. --- imgui/imconfig.h | 27 +- imgui/imgui.cpp | 1644 +++++++++++++-------- imgui/imgui.h | 214 ++- imgui/imgui_demo.cpp | 669 ++++++--- imgui/imgui_draw.cpp | 155 +- imgui/imgui_internal.h | 169 ++- imgui/imgui_tables.cpp | 193 ++- imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp | 320 ++-- imgui/misc/freetype/README.md | 11 +- imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp | 149 +- imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h | 4 +- profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp | 33 +- profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h | 3 + profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp | 70 +- profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h | 8 + 15 files changed, 2344 insertions(+), 1325 deletions(-) diff --git a/imgui/imconfig.h b/imgui/imconfig.h index 709dac74..b56ba494 100644 --- a/imgui/imconfig.h +++ b/imgui/imconfig.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// COMPILE-TIME OPTIONS FOR DEAR IMGUI +// DEAR IMGUI COMPILE-TIME OPTIONS // Runtime options (clipboard callbacks, enabling various features, etc.) can generally be set via the ImGuiIO structure. // You can use ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions() before calling ImGui::CreateContext() to rewire memory allocation functions. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ // You need to make sure that configuration settings are defined consistently _everywhere_ Dear ImGui is used, which include the imgui*.cpp // files but also _any_ of your code that uses Dear ImGui. This is because some compile-time options have an affect on data structures. // Defining those options in imconfig.h will ensure every compilation unit gets to see the same data structure layouts. -// Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp files to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using. +// Call IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() from your .cpp file to verify that the data structures your files are using are matching the ones imgui.cpp is using. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #pragma once @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ //#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllexport ) //#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllimport ) -//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to avoid using soon-to-be obsolete function/names. +//---- Don't define obsolete functions/enums/behaviors. Consider enabling from time to time after updating to clean your code of obsolete function/names. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO // 1.87: disable legacy io.KeyMap[]+io.KeysDown[] in favor io.AddKeyEvent(). This will be folded into IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS in a few versions. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default clipboard handler. Won't use and link with OpenClipboard/GetClipboardData/CloseClipboard etc. (user32.lib/.a, kernel32.lib/.a) //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] [Default with Visual Studio] Implement default IME handler (require imm32.lib/.a, auto-link for Visual Studio, -limm32 on command-line for MinGW) //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] [Default with non-Visual Studio compilers] Don't implement default IME handler (won't require imm32.lib/.a) -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, ime). +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Won't use and link with any Win32 function (clipboard, IME). //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS // [OSX] Implement default OSX clipboard handler (need to link with '-framework ApplicationServices', this is why this is not the default). //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself (e.g. if you don't want to link with vsnprintf) //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 so you can implement them yourself. @@ -62,9 +62,10 @@ // By default the embedded implementations are declared static and not available outside of Dear ImGui sources files. //#define IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_truetype.h" //#define IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_rect_pack.h" -//#define IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_sprintf.h" // only used if enabled +//#define IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME "my_folder/stb_sprintf.h" // only used if IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF is defined. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION // only disabled if IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF is defined. //---- Use stb_sprintf.h for a faster implementation of vsnprintf instead of the one from libc (unless IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS is defined) // Compatibility checks of arguments and formats done by clang and GCC will be disabled in order to support the extra formats provided by stb_sprintf.h. @@ -75,6 +76,12 @@ // On Windows you may use vcpkg with 'vcpkg install freetype --triplet=x64-windows' + 'vcpkg integrate install'. //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE +//---- Use FreeType+lunasvg library to render OpenType SVG fonts (SVGinOT) +// Requires lunasvg headers to be available in the include path + program to be linked with the lunasvg library (not provided). +// Only works in combination with IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE. +// (implementation is based on Freetype's rsvg-port.c which is licensed under CeCILL-C Free Software License Agreement) +//#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG + //---- Use stb_truetype to build and rasterize the font atlas (default) // The only purpose of this define is if you want force compilation of the stb_truetype backend ALONG with the FreeType backend. //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE @@ -99,17 +106,13 @@ // Read about ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset for details. //#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int -#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ -#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int -#endif - //---- Override ImDrawCallback signature (will need to modify renderer backends accordingly) //struct ImDrawList; //struct ImDrawCmd; //typedef void (*MyImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd, void* my_renderer_user_data); //#define ImDrawCallback MyImDrawCallback -//---- Debug Tools: Macro to break in Debugger +//---- Debug Tools: Macro to break in Debugger (we provide a default implementation of this in the codebase) // (use 'Metrics->Tools->Item Picker' to pick widgets with the mouse and break into them for easy debugging.) //#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK IM_ASSERT(0) //#define IM_DEBUG_BREAK __debugbreak() @@ -117,10 +120,10 @@ //---- Debug Tools: Enable slower asserts //#define IMGUI_DEBUG_PARANOID -//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace, here or in your own headers files. +//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace from anywhere (e.g. your own sources/header files) /* namespace ImGui { - void MyFunction(const char* name, const MyMatrix44& v); + void MyFunction(const char* name, MyMatrix44* mtx); } */ diff --git a/imgui/imgui.cpp b/imgui/imgui.cpp index 381533b1..afb9bf61 100644 --- a/imgui/imgui.cpp +++ b/imgui/imgui.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.5 +// dear imgui, v1.89.9 // (main code and documentation) // Help: @@ -9,22 +9,26 @@ // Resources: // - FAQ http://dearimgui.com/faq -// - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui +// - Homepage https://github.com/ocornut/imgui // - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5886 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6478 (please post your screenshots/video there!) // - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) +// - Getting Started https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started // - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary // - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues +// - Tests & Automation https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine // Getting Started? -// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running or issues loading fonts: +// - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started +// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running/loading fonts: // please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. // Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub. // See LICENSE.txt for copyright and licensing details (standard MIT License). // This library is free but needs your support to sustain development and maintenance. -// Businesses: you can support continued development via invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts. Please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.com". -// Individuals: you can support continued development via donations. See docs/README or web page. +// Businesses: you can support continued development via B2B invoiced technical support, maintenance and sponsoring contracts. +// PLEASE reach out at contact AT dearimgui DOT com. See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Sponsors +// Businesses: you can also purchase licenses for the Dear ImGui Automation/Test Engine. // It is recommended that you don't modify imgui.cpp! It will become difficult for you to update the library. // Note that 'ImGui::' being a namespace, you can add functions into the namespace from your own source files, without @@ -108,9 +112,10 @@ CODE - Portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.). - Efficient runtime and memory consumption. - Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the current weaknesses includes: + Designed primarily for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! + Some of the current weaknesses (which we aim to address in the future) includes: - - Doesn't look fancy, doesn't animate. + - Doesn't look fancy. - Limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code. @@ -189,9 +194,11 @@ CODE READ FIRST ---------- - Remember to check the wonderful Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) - - Your code creates the UI, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction or - destruction steps, less superfluous data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, fewer bugs. + - Your code creates the UI every frame of your application loop, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! + The UI can be highly dynamic, there are no construction or destruction steps, less superfluous + data retention on your side, less state duplication, less state synchronization, fewer bugs. - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features. + Or browse https://pthom.github.io/imgui_manual_online/manual/imgui_manual.html for interactive web version. - The library is designed to be built from sources. Avoid pre-compiled binaries and packaged versions. See imconfig.h to configure your build. - Dear ImGui is an implementation of the IMGUI paradigm (immediate-mode graphical user interface, a term coined by Casey Muratori). You can learn about IMGUI principles at http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html, http://mollyrocket.com/861 & more links in Wiki. @@ -199,18 +206,38 @@ CODE For every application frame, your UI code will be called only once. This is in contrast to e.g. Unity's implementation of an IMGUI, where the UI code is called multiple times ("multiple passes") from a single entry point. There are pros and cons to both approaches. - Our origin is on the top-left. In axis aligned bounding boxes, Min = top-left, Max = bottom-right. - - This codebase is also optimized to yield decent performances with typical "Debug" builds settings. - Please make sure you have asserts enabled (IM_ASSERT redirects to assert() by default, but can be redirected). If you get an assert, read the messages and comments around the assert. - - C++: this is a very C-ish codebase: we don't rely on C++11, we don't include any C++ headers, and ImGui:: is a namespace. - - C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types. - See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that. - However, imgui_internal.h can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4, which we use in this codebase. - - C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction (avoid using it in your code!). + - This codebase aims to be highly optimized: + - A typical idle frame should never call malloc/free. + - We rely on a maximum of constant-time or O(N) algorithms. Limiting searches/scans as much as possible. + - We put particular energy in making sure performances are decent with typical "Debug" build settings as well. + Which mean we tend to avoid over-relying on "zero-cost abstraction" as they aren't zero-cost at all. + - This codebase aims to be both highly opinionated and highly flexible: + - This code works because of the things it choose to solve or not solve. + - C++: this is a pragmatic C-ish codebase: we don't use fancy C++ features, we don't include C++ headers, + and ImGui:: is a namespace. We rarely use member functions (and when we did, I am mostly regretting it now). + This is to increase compatibility, increase maintainability and facilitate use from other languages. + - C++: ImVec2/ImVec4 do not expose math operators by default, because it is expected that you use your own math types. + See FAQ "How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4?" for details about setting up imconfig.h for that. + We can can optionally export math operators for ImVec2/ImVec4 using IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS, which we use internally. + - C++: pay attention that ImVector<> manipulates plain-old-data and does not honor construction/destruction + (so don't use ImVector in your code or at our own risk!). + - Building: We don't use nor mandate a build system for the main library. + This is in an effort to ensure that it works in the real world aka with any esoteric build setup. + This is also because providing a build system for the main library would be of little-value. + The build problems are almost never coming from the main library but from specific backends. HOW TO UPDATE TO A NEWER VERSION OF DEAR IMGUI ---------------------------------------------- + - Update submodule or copy/overwrite every file. + - About imconfig.h: + - You may modify your copy of imconfig.h, in this case don't overwrite it. + - or you may locally branch to modify imconfig.h and merge/rebase latest. + - or you may '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h"' globally from your build system to + specify a custom path for your imconfig.h file and instead not have to modify the default one. + - Overwrite all the sources files except for imconfig.h (if you have modified your copy of imconfig.h) - Or maintain your own branch where you have imconfig.h modified as a top-most commit which you can regularly rebase over "master". - You can also use '#define IMGUI_USER_CONFIG "my_config_file.h" to redirect configuration to your own file. @@ -219,11 +246,12 @@ CODE from the public API. If you have a problem with a missing function/symbols, search for its name in the code, there will likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page! - To find out usage of old API, you can add '#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS' in your configuration file. - - Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date. + - Try to keep your copy of Dear ImGui reasonably up to date! GETTING STARTED WITH INTEGRATING DEAR IMGUI IN YOUR CODE/ENGINE --------------------------------------------------------------- + - See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started. - Run and study the examples and demo in imgui_demo.cpp to get acquainted with the library. - In the majority of cases you should be able to use unmodified backends files available in the backends/ folder. - Add the Dear ImGui source files + selected backend source files to your projects or using your preferred build system. @@ -405,6 +433,19 @@ CODE - likewise io.MousePos and GetMousePos() will use OS coordinates. If you query mouse positions to interact with non-imgui coordinates you will need to offset them, e.g. subtract GetWindowViewport()->Pos. + - 2023/08/25 (1.89.9) - Clipper: Renamed IncludeRangeByIndices() (also called ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() before 1.89.6) to IncludeItemsByIndex(). Kept inline redirection function. Sorry! + - 2023/07/12 (1.89.8) - ImDrawData: CmdLists now owned, changed from ImDrawList** to ImVector. Majority of users shouldn't be affected, but you cannot compare to NULL nor reassign manually anymore. Instead use AddDrawList(). (#6406, #4879, #1878) + - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: obsoleted 'SetItemAllowOverlap()' (called after item) in favor of calling 'SetNextItemAllowOverlap()' (called before item). 'SetItemAllowOverlap()' didn't and couldn't work reliably since 1.89 (2022-11-15). + - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: renamed 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap', 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap' to 'ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap'. Kept redirecting enums (will obsolete). + - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: IsItemHovered() now by default return false when querying an item using AllowOverlap mode which is being overlapped. Use ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem to revert to old behavior. + - 2023/06/28 (1.89.7) - overlapping items: Selectable and TreeNode don't allow overlap when active so overlapping widgets won't appear as hovered. While this fixes a common small visual issue, it also means that calling IsItemHovered() after a non-reactive elements - e.g. Text() - overlapping an active one may fail if you don't use IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem). (#6610) + - 2023/06/20 (1.89.7) - moved io.HoverDelayShort/io.HoverDelayNormal to style.HoverDelayShort/style.HoverDelayNormal. As the fields were added in 1.89 and expected to be left unchanged by most users, or only tweaked once during app initialization, we are exceptionally accepting the breakage. + - 2023/05/30 (1.89.6) - backends: renamed "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.cpp" to "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp" and "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer.h" to "imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.h". This is in prevision for the future release of SDL3. + - 2023/05/22 (1.89.6) - listbox: commented out obsolete/redirecting functions that were marked obsolete more than two years ago: + - ListBoxHeader() -> use BeginListBox() (note how two variants of ListBoxHeader() existed. Check commented versions in imgui.h for reference) + - ListBoxFooter() -> use EndListBox() + - 2023/05/15 (1.89.6) - clipper: commented out obsolete redirection constructor 'ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f)' that was marked obsolete in 1.79. Use default constructor + clipper.Begin(). + - 2023/05/15 (1.89.6) - clipper: renamed ImGuiListClipper::ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() to ImGuiListClipper::IncludeRangeByIndices(). - 2023/03/14 (1.89.4) - commented out redirecting enums/functions names that were marked obsolete two years ago: - ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput -> use ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp - ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode -> use ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysOverwrite @@ -801,11 +842,12 @@ CODE Q: Where is the documentation? A: This library is poorly documented at the moment and expects the user to be acquainted with C/C++. - - Run the examples/ and explore them. + - Run the examples/ applications and explore them. + - Read Getting Started (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started) guide. - See demo code in imgui_demo.cpp and particularly the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function. - The demo covers most features of Dear ImGui, so you can read the code and see its output. - See documentation and comments at the top of imgui.cpp + effectively imgui.h. - - Dozens of standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the + - 20+ standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the examples/ folder to explain how to integrate Dear ImGui with your own engine/application. - The Wiki (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) has many resources and links. - The Glossary (https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary) page also may be useful. @@ -821,14 +863,14 @@ CODE ================ Q: How to get started? - A: Read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' above. Read examples/README.txt. + A: Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started. Read 'PROGRAMMER GUIDE' above. Read examples/README.txt. Q: How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to Dear ImGui or my application? A: You should read the 'io.WantCaptureMouse', 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' and 'io.WantTextInput' flags! >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq for a fully detailed answer. You really want to read this. - Q. How can I enable keyboard controls? - Q: How can I use this without a mouse, without a keyboard or without a screen? (gamepad, input share, remote display) + Q. How can I enable keyboard or gamepad controls? + Q: How can I use this on a machine without mouse, keyboard or screen? (input share, remote display) Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and little squares are showing instead of text... Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around... Q: I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are displaying outside their expected windows boundaries... @@ -843,7 +885,7 @@ CODE - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? - How can I have multiple windows with the same label? Q: How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it work? - Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4? + Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2? Q: How can I interact with standard C++ types (such as std::string and std::vector)? Q: How can I display custom shapes? (using low-level ImDrawList API) >> See https://www.dearimgui.com/faq @@ -873,10 +915,10 @@ CODE Q: How can I help? A: - Businesses: please reach out to "contact AT dearimgui.com" if you work in a place using Dear ImGui! We can discuss ways for your company to fund development via invoiced technical support, maintenance or sponsoring contacts. - This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we can hire more people working on this project. - - Individuals: you can support continued development via PayPal donations. See README. - - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the GitHub issues, look at the Wiki, read docs/TODO.txt - and see how you want to help and can help! + This is among the most useful thing you can do for Dear ImGui. With increased funding, we sustain and grow work on this project. + Also see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Sponsors + - Businesses: you can also purchase licenses for the Dear ImGui Automation/Test Engine. + - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the GitHub issues, look at the Wiki, and see how you want to help and can help! - Disclose your usage of Dear ImGui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc. You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads. Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers. But even without visuals, disclosing your use of dear imgui helps the library grow credibility, and help other teams and programmers with taking decisions. @@ -902,11 +944,7 @@ CODE // System includes #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t -#endif // [Windows] On non-Visual Studio compilers, we default to IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS unless explicitly enabled #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(IMGUI_ENABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS) @@ -985,7 +1023,6 @@ CODE // Debug options #define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING 0 // Display navigation scoring preview when hovering items. Display last moving direction matches when holding CTRL #define IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS 0 // Display the reference navigation rectangle for each window -#define IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS 0 // Save additional comments in .ini file (particularly helps for Docking, but makes saving slower) // When using CTRL+TAB (or Gamepad Square+L/R) we delay the visual a little in order to reduce visual noise doing a fast switch. static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY = 0.20f; // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in @@ -996,9 +1033,11 @@ static const float WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING = 4.0f; // Exten static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f; // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time. static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER = 0.70f; // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved. +// Tooltip offset +static const ImVec2 TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET = ImVec2(16, 10); // Multiplied by g.Style.MouseCursorScale + // Docking static const float DOCKING_TRANSPARENT_PAYLOAD_ALPHA = 0.50f; // For use with io.ConfigDockingTransparentPayload. Apply to Viewport _or_ WindowBg in host viewport. -static const float DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE = 2.0f; //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS @@ -1009,7 +1048,6 @@ static void FindHoveredWindow(); static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window); -static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list); static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window); // Settings @@ -1068,7 +1106,6 @@ static void RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRec static void RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar_rect, const char* name, bool* p_open); static void RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 col); static void RenderDimmedBackgrounds(); -static ImGuiWindow* FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window); // Viewports const ImGuiID IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID = 0x11111111; // Using an arbitrary constant instead of e.g. ImHashStr("ViewportDefault", 0); so it's easier to spot in the debugger. The exact value doesn't matter. @@ -1152,7 +1189,7 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() FrameBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. ItemSpacing = ImVec2(8,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines ItemInnerSpacing = ImVec2(4,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label) - CellPadding = ImVec2(4,2); // Padding within a table cell + CellPadding = ImVec2(4,2); // Padding within a table cell. CellPadding.y may be altered between different rows. TouchExtraPadding = ImVec2(0,0); // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! IndentSpacing = 21.0f; // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). ColumnsMinSpacing = 6.0f; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). @@ -1172,6 +1209,7 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() SeparatorTextPadding = ImVec2(20.0f,3.f);// Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y. DisplayWindowPadding = ImVec2(19,19); // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(3,3); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows. + DockingSeparatorSize = 2.0f; // Thickness of resizing border between docked windows MouseCursorScale = 1.0f; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. AntiAliasedLinesUseTex = true; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). @@ -1179,6 +1217,13 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() CurveTessellationTol = 1.25f; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. CircleTessellationMaxError = 0.30f; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. + // Behaviors + HoverStationaryDelay = 0.15f; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary). Time required to consider mouse stationary. + HoverDelayShort = 0.15f; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort). Usually used along with HoverStationaryDelay. + HoverDelayNormal = 0.40f; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal). " + HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse = ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort; // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using mouse. + HoverFlagsForTooltipNav = ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal; // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using keyboard/gamepad. + // Default theme ImGui::StyleColorsDark(this); } @@ -1208,6 +1253,7 @@ void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor) TabRounding = ImFloor(TabRounding * scale_factor); TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImFloor(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX; SeparatorTextPadding = ImFloor(SeparatorTextPadding * scale_factor); + DockingSeparatorSize = ImFloor(DockingSeparatorSize * scale_factor); DisplayWindowPadding = ImFloor(DisplayWindowPadding * scale_factor); DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImFloor(DisplaySafeAreaPadding * scale_factor); MouseCursorScale = ImFloor(MouseCursorScale * scale_factor); @@ -1227,16 +1273,10 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() IniSavingRate = 5.0f; IniFilename = "imgui.ini"; // Important: "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir, most apps will want to lock this to an absolute path (e.g. same path as executables). LogFilename = "imgui_log.txt"; - MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f; - MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f; #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++) KeyMap[i] = -1; #endif - KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f; - KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f; - HoverDelayNormal = 0.30f; - HoverDelayShort = 0.10f; UserData = NULL; Fonts = NULL; @@ -1274,16 +1314,23 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce = false; ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop = false; + // Inputs Behaviors + MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f; + MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f; + MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f; + KeyRepeatDelay = 0.275f; + KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f; + // Platform Functions // Note: Initialize() will setup default clipboard/ime handlers. BackendPlatformName = BackendRendererName = NULL; BackendPlatformUserData = BackendRendererUserData = BackendLanguageUserData = NULL; + PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = '.'; // Input (NB: we already have memset zero the entire structure!) MousePos = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); MouseSource = ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse; - MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f; for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++) MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f; for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysData); i++) { KeysData[i].DownDuration = KeysData[i].DownDurationPrev = -1.0f; } AppAcceptingEvents = true; @@ -1358,13 +1405,15 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars) } } -// FIXME: Perhaps we could clear queued events as well? -void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters() +// Clear all incoming events. +void ImGuiIO::ClearEventsQueue() { - InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); + IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; + g.InputEventsQueue.clear(); } -// FIXME: Perhaps we could clear queued events as well? +// Clear current keyboard/mouse/gamepad state + current frame text input buffer. Equivalent to releasing all keys/buttons. void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys() { #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO @@ -1385,8 +1434,18 @@ void ImGuiIO::ClearInputKeys() MouseDownDuration[n] = MouseDownDurationPrev[n] = -1.0f; } MouseWheel = MouseWheelH = 0.0f; + InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); // Behavior of old ClearInputCharacters(). } +// Removed this as it is ambiguous/misleading and generally incorrect to use with the existence of a higher-level input queue. +// Current frame character buffer is now also cleared by ClearInputKeys(). +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +void ImGuiIO::ClearInputCharacters() +{ + InputQueueCharacters.resize(0); +} +#endif + static ImGuiInputEvent* FindLatestInputEvent(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiInputEventType type, int arg = -1) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; @@ -1512,7 +1571,7 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddMousePosEvent(float x, float y) e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.MousePos.PosX = pos.x; e.MousePos.PosY = pos.y; - e.MouseWheel.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource; + e.MousePos.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } @@ -1536,7 +1595,7 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddMouseButtonEvent(int mouse_button, bool down) e.EventId = g.InputEventsNextEventId++; e.MouseButton.Button = mouse_button; e.MouseButton.Down = down; - e.MouseWheel.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource; + e.MouseButton.MouseSource = g.InputEventsNextMouseSource; g.InputEventsQueue.push_back(e); } @@ -1573,7 +1632,7 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddMouseViewportEvent(ImGuiID viewport_id) { IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport); + //IM_ASSERT(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport); if (!AppAcceptingEvents) return; @@ -1598,7 +1657,7 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddFocusEvent(bool focused) // Filter duplicate const ImGuiInputEvent* latest_event = FindLatestInputEvent(&g, ImGuiInputEventType_Focus); const bool latest_focused = latest_event ? latest_event->AppFocused.Focused : !g.IO.AppFocusLost; - if (latest_focused == focused) + if (latest_focused == focused || (ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss && !focused)) return; ImGuiInputEvent e; @@ -1860,13 +1919,15 @@ const char* ImStrSkipBlank(const char* str) // and setup the wrapper yourself. (FIXME-OPT: Some of our high-level operations such as ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv() are // designed using two-passes worst case, which probably could be improved using the stbsp_vsprintfcb() function.) #ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION #define STB_SPRINTF_IMPLEMENTATION +#endif #ifdef IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME #include IMGUI_STB_SPRINTF_FILENAME #else #include "stb_sprintf.h" #endif -#endif +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_USE_STB_SPRINTF #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf) #define vsnprintf _vsnprintf @@ -2549,16 +2610,15 @@ void ImGuiTextFilter::Build() input_range.split(',', &Filters); CountGrep = 0; - for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++) + for (ImGuiTextRange& f : Filters) { - ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i]; while (f.b < f.e && ImCharIsBlankA(f.b[0])) f.b++; while (f.e > f.b && ImCharIsBlankA(f.e[-1])) f.e--; if (f.empty()) continue; - if (Filters[i].b[0] != '-') + if (f.b[0] != '-') CountGrep += 1; } } @@ -2571,9 +2631,8 @@ bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const if (text == NULL) text = ""; - for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++) + for (const ImGuiTextRange& f : Filters) { - const ImGuiTextRange& f = Filters[i]; if (f.empty()) continue; if (f.b[0] == '-') @@ -2803,9 +2862,6 @@ static void ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(ImGuiListClipper* clipper, int it ImGuiListClipper::ImGuiListClipper() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); - Ctx = ImGui::GetCurrentContext(); - IM_ASSERT(Ctx != NULL); - ItemsCount = -1; } ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper() @@ -2815,6 +2871,9 @@ ImGuiListClipper::~ImGuiListClipper() void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height) { + if (Ctx == NULL) + Ctx = ImGui::GetCurrentContext(); + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Begin(%d,%.2f) in '%s'\n", items_count, items_height, window->Name); @@ -2840,10 +2899,10 @@ void ImGuiListClipper::Begin(int items_count, float items_height) void ImGuiListClipper::End() { - ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; if (ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData) { // In theory here we should assert that we are already at the right position, but it seems saner to just seek at the end and not assert/crash the user. + ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: End() in '%s'\n", g.CurrentWindow->Name); if (ItemsCount >= 0 && ItemsCount < INT_MAX && DisplayStart >= 0) ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(this, ItemsCount); @@ -2861,13 +2920,13 @@ void ImGuiListClipper::End() ItemsCount = -1; } -void ImGuiListClipper::ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_min, int item_max) +void ImGuiListClipper::IncludeItemsByIndex(int item_begin, int item_end) { ImGuiListClipperData* data = (ImGuiListClipperData*)TempData; IM_ASSERT(DisplayStart < 0); // Only allowed after Begin() and if there has not been a specified range yet. - IM_ASSERT(item_min <= item_max); - if (item_min < item_max) - data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(item_min, item_max)); + IM_ASSERT(item_begin <= item_end); + if (item_begin < item_end) + data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(item_begin, item_end)); } static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) @@ -2944,7 +3003,7 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) const bool is_nav_request = (g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav); if (is_nav_request) data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromPositions(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min.y, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max.y, 0, 0)); - if (is_nav_request && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && g.NavTabbingDir == -1) + if (is_nav_request && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && g.NavTabbingDir == -1) data->Ranges.push_back(ImGuiListClipperRange::FromIndices(clipper->ItemsCount - 1, clipper->ItemsCount)); // Add focused/active item @@ -2962,26 +3021,28 @@ static bool ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(ImGuiListClipper* clipper) // - Very important: when a starting position is after our maximum item, we set Min to (ItemsCount - 1). This allows us to handle most forms of wrapping. // - Due to how Selectable extra padding they tend to be "unaligned" with exact unit in the item list, // which with the flooring/ceiling tend to lead to 2 items instead of one being submitted. - for (int i = 0; i < data->Ranges.Size; i++) - if (data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert) + for (ImGuiListClipperRange& range : data->Ranges) + if (range.PosToIndexConvert) { - int m1 = (int)(((double)data->Ranges[i].Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight); - int m2 = (int)((((double)data->Ranges[i].Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f); - data->Ranges[i].Min = ImClamp(already_submitted + m1 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMin, already_submitted, clipper->ItemsCount - 1); - data->Ranges[i].Max = ImClamp(already_submitted + m2 + data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexOffsetMax, data->Ranges[i].Min + 1, clipper->ItemsCount); - data->Ranges[i].PosToIndexConvert = false; + int m1 = (int)(((double)range.Min - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight); + int m2 = (int)((((double)range.Max - window->DC.CursorPos.y - data->LossynessOffset) / clipper->ItemsHeight) + 0.999999f); + range.Min = ImClamp(already_submitted + m1 + range.PosToIndexOffsetMin, already_submitted, clipper->ItemsCount - 1); + range.Max = ImClamp(already_submitted + m2 + range.PosToIndexOffsetMax, range.Min + 1, clipper->ItemsCount); + range.PosToIndexConvert = false; } ImGuiListClipper_SortAndFuseRanges(data->Ranges, data->StepNo); } // Step 0+ (if item height is given in advance) or 1+: Display the next range in line. - if (data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size) + while (data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size) { clipper->DisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Min, already_submitted); clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Max, clipper->ItemsCount); if (clipper->DisplayStart > already_submitted) //-V1051 ImGuiListClipper_SeekCursorForItem(clipper, clipper->DisplayStart); data->StepNo++; + if (clipper->DisplayStart == clipper->DisplayEnd && data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size) + continue; return true; } @@ -3131,6 +3192,7 @@ static const ImGuiDataVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] = { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextBorderSize) },// ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding + { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)IM_OFFSETOF(ImGuiStyle, DockingSeparatorSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_DockingSeparatorSize }; const ImGuiDataVarInfo* ImGui::GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx) @@ -3487,13 +3549,12 @@ void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 base_pos, float base_scale, ImGuiMouseCurso ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = g.DrawListSharedData.Font->ContainerAtlas; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { // We scale cursor with current viewport/monitor, however Windows 10 for its own hardware cursor seems to be using a different scale factor. ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4]; if (!font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2])) continue; - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; const ImVec2 pos = base_pos - offset; const float scale = base_scale * viewport->DpiScale; if (!viewport->GetMainRect().Overlaps(ImRect(pos, pos + ImVec2(size.x + 2, size.y + 2) * scale))) @@ -3569,6 +3630,7 @@ void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) // IMPORTANT: ###xxx suffixes must be same in ALL languages static const ImGuiLocEntry GLocalizationEntriesEnUS[] = { + { ImGuiLocKey_VersionStr, "Dear ImGui " IMGUI_VERSION " (" IM_STRINGIFY(IMGUI_VERSION_NUM) ")" }, { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne, "Size column to fit###SizeOne" }, { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit, "Size all columns to fit###SizeAll" }, { ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault, "Size all columns to default###SizeAll" }, @@ -3577,6 +3639,7 @@ static const ImGuiLocEntry GLocalizationEntriesEnUS[] = { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup, "(Popup)" }, { ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled, "(Untitled)" }, { ImGuiLocKey_DockingHideTabBar, "Hide tab bar###HideTabBar" }, + { ImGuiLocKey_DockingHoldShiftToDock, "Hold SHIFT to enable Docking window."}, }; void ImGui::Initialize() @@ -3615,6 +3678,7 @@ void ImGui::Initialize() viewport->Flags = ImGuiViewportFlags_OwnedByApp; g.Viewports.push_back(viewport); g.TempBuffer.resize(1024 * 3 + 1, 0); + g.ViewportCreatedCount++; g.PlatformIO.Viewports.push_back(g.Viewports[0]); #ifdef IMGUI_HAS_DOCK @@ -3673,6 +3737,7 @@ void ImGui::Shutdown() g.FontStack.clear(); g.OpenPopupStack.clear(); g.BeginPopupStack.clear(); + g.NavTreeNodeStack.clear(); g.CurrentViewport = g.MouseViewport = g.MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL; g.Viewports.clear_delete(); @@ -3725,9 +3790,9 @@ void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; IM_ASSERT(hook_id != 0); - for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) - if (g.Hooks[n].HookId == hook_id) - g.Hooks[n].Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_; + for (ImGuiContextHook& hook : g.Hooks) + if (hook.HookId == hook_id) + hook.Type = ImGuiContextHookType_PendingRemoval_; } // Call context hooks (used by e.g. test engine) @@ -3735,9 +3800,9 @@ void ImGui::RemoveContextHook(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID hook_id) void ImGui::CallContextHooks(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiContextHookType hook_type) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Hooks.Size; n++) - if (g.Hooks[n].Type == hook_type) - g.Hooks[n].Callback(&g, &g.Hooks[n]); + for (ImGuiContextHook& hook : g.Hooks) + if (hook.Type == hook_type) + hook.Callback(&g, &hook); } @@ -3773,6 +3838,7 @@ ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* name) : DrawListInst(NUL DrawList = &DrawListInst; DrawList->_Data = &Ctx->DrawListSharedData; DrawList->_OwnerName = Name; + NavPreferredScoringPosRel[0] = NavPreferredScoringPosRel[1] = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(&WindowClass) ImGuiWindowClass(); } @@ -3828,7 +3894,10 @@ static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) g.CurrentWindow = window; g.CurrentTable = window && window->DC.CurrentTableIdx != -1 ? g.Tables.GetByIndex(window->DC.CurrentTableIdx) : NULL; if (window) + { g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); + ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); + } } void ImGui::GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers() @@ -3960,6 +4029,8 @@ void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id) // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(). // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need to fill the data. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LockMarkEdited > 0) + return; if (g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0) { g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true; @@ -3993,7 +4064,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flag // Inhibit hover unless the window is within the stack of our modal/popup if (want_inhibit) - if (!ImGui::IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window->RootWindow, focused_root_window)) + if (!IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window->RootWindow, focused_root_window)) return false; } @@ -4005,6 +4076,16 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flag return true; } +static inline float CalcDelayFromHoveredFlags(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) + return g.Style.HoverDelayShort; + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) + return g.Style.HoverDelayNormal; + return 0.0f; +} + // This is roughly matching the behavior of internal-facing ItemHoverable() // - we allow hovering to be true when ActiveId==window->MoveID, so that clicking on non-interactive items such as a Text() item still returns true with IsItemHovered() // - this should work even for non-interactive items that have no ID, so we cannot use LastItemId @@ -4012,12 +4093,17 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsItemHovered) == 0 && "Invalid flags for IsItemHovered()!"); + if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride)) { if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) return false; if (!IsItemFocused()) return false; + + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) + flags |= g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav; } else { @@ -4025,6 +4111,10 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; if (!(status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) return false; + + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) + flags |= g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse; + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now @@ -4034,12 +4124,13 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) // to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was // the test that has been running for a long while. if (g.HoveredWindow != window && (status_flags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow) == 0) - if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped) == 0) + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow) == 0) return false; // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged) + const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) == 0) - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != g.LastItemData.ID && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) if (g.ActiveId != window->MoveId && g.ActiveId != window->TabId) return false; @@ -4055,48 +4146,60 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) // Special handling for calling after Begin() which represent the title bar or tab. // When the window is skipped/collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item (always ->MoveId submitted by Begin) // will never be overwritten so we need to detect the case. - if (g.LastItemData.ID == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed) + if (id == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed) return false; + + // Test if using AllowOverlap and overlapped + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap) && id != 0) + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem) == 0) + if (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != g.LastItemData.ID) + return false; } // Handle hover delay // (some ideas: https://www.nngroup.com/articles/timing-exposing-content) - float delay; - if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) - delay = g.IO.HoverDelayNormal; - else if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) - delay = g.IO.HoverDelayShort; - else - delay = 0.0f; - if (delay > 0.0f) + const float delay = CalcDelayFromHoveredFlags(flags); + if (delay > 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary)) { ImGuiID hover_delay_id = (g.LastItemData.ID != 0) ? g.LastItemData.ID : window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect); - if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay) && (g.HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame != hover_delay_id)) - g.HoverDelayTimer = 0.0f; - g.HoverDelayId = hover_delay_id; - return g.HoverDelayTimer >= delay; + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay) && (g.HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame != hover_delay_id)) + g.HoverItemDelayTimer = 0.0f; + g.HoverItemDelayId = hover_delay_id; + + // When changing hovered item we requires a bit of stationary delay before activating hover timer, + // but once unlocked on a given item we also moving. + //if (g.HoverDelayTimer >= delay && (g.HoverDelayTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime < delay || g.MouseStationaryTimer - g.IO.DeltaTime < g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay)) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("HoverDelayTimer = %f/%f, MouseStationaryTimer = %f\n", g.HoverDelayTimer, delay, g.MouseStationaryTimer); } + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary) != 0 && g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId != hover_delay_id) + return false; + + if (g.HoverItemDelayTimer < delay) + return false; } return true; } // Internal facing ItemHoverable() used when submitting widgets. Differs slightly from IsItemHovered(). -bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) +// (this does not rely on LastItemData it can be called from a ButtonBehavior() call not following an ItemAdd() call) +// FIXME-LEGACY: the 'ImGuiItemFlags item_flags' parameter was added on 2023-06-28. +// If you used this in your legacy/custom widgets code: +// - Commonly: if your ItemHoverable() call comes after an ItemAdd() call: pass 'item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags'. +// - Rare: otherwise you may pass 'item_flags = 0' (ImGuiItemFlags_None) unless you want to benefit from special behavior handled by ItemHoverable. +bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap) - return false; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (g.HoveredWindow != window) return false; - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) - return false; if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) return false; + if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap) + return false; + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) + return false; + // Done with rectangle culling so we can perform heavier checks now. - ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = (g.LastItemData.ID == id ? g.LastItemData.InFlags : g.CurrentItemFlags); if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck) && !IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None)) { g.HoveredIdDisabled = true; @@ -4106,13 +4209,28 @@ bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) // We exceptionally allow this function to be called with id==0 to allow using it for easy high-level // hover test in widgets code. We could also decide to split this function is two. if (id != 0) + { + // Drag source doesn't report as hovered + if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover)) + return false; + SetHoveredID(id); + // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match. + // This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one. Generally perceived as a front-to-back hit-test. + if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap) + { + g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true; + if (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id) + return false; + } + } + // When disabled we'll return false but still set HoveredId if (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) { // Release active id if turning disabled - if (g.ActiveId == id) + if (g.ActiveId == id && id != 0) ClearActiveID(); g.HoveredIdDisabled = true; return false; @@ -4248,33 +4366,33 @@ int ImGui::GetFrameCount() return GImGui->FrameCount; } -static ImDrawList* GetViewportDrawList(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, size_t drawlist_no, const char* drawlist_name) +static ImDrawList* GetViewportBgFgDrawList(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, size_t drawlist_no, const char* drawlist_name) { // Create the draw list on demand, because they are not frequently used for all viewports ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(drawlist_no < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawLists)); - ImDrawList* draw_list = viewport->DrawLists[drawlist_no]; + IM_ASSERT(drawlist_no < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->BgFgDrawLists)); + ImDrawList* draw_list = viewport->BgFgDrawLists[drawlist_no]; if (draw_list == NULL) { draw_list = IM_NEW(ImDrawList)(&g.DrawListSharedData); draw_list->_OwnerName = drawlist_name; - viewport->DrawLists[drawlist_no] = draw_list; + viewport->BgFgDrawLists[drawlist_no] = draw_list; } // Our ImDrawList system requires that there is always a command - if (viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount) + if (viewport->BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] != g.FrameCount) { draw_list->_ResetForNewFrame(); draw_list->PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID); draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size, false); - viewport->DrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount; + viewport->BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[drawlist_no] = g.FrameCount; } return draw_list; } ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport) { - return GetViewportDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 0, "##Background"); + return GetViewportBgFgDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 0, "##Background"); } ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList() @@ -4285,7 +4403,7 @@ ImDrawList* ImGui::GetBackgroundDrawList() ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiViewport* viewport) { - return GetViewportDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 1, "##Foreground"); + return GetViewportBgFgDrawList((ImGuiViewportP*)viewport, 1, "##Foreground"); } ImDrawList* ImGui::GetForegroundDrawList() @@ -4365,14 +4483,14 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame() ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.MovingWindow->RootWindowDockTree; // When a window stop being submitted while being dragged, it may will its viewport until next Begin() - const bool window_disappared = ((!moving_window->WasActive && !moving_window->Active) || moving_window->Viewport == NULL); + const bool window_disappared = (!moving_window->WasActive && !moving_window->Active); if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && !window_disappared) { ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset; if (moving_window->Pos.x != pos.x || moving_window->Pos.y != pos.y) { SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always); - if (moving_window->ViewportOwned) // Synchronize viewport immediately because some overlays may relies on clipping rectangle before we Begin() into the window. + if (moving_window->Viewport && moving_window->ViewportOwned) // Synchronize viewport immediately because some overlays may relies on clipping rectangle before we Begin() into the window. { moving_window->Viewport->Pos = pos; moving_window->Viewport->UpdateWorkRect(); @@ -4390,11 +4508,12 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame() UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(moving_window, g.MouseViewport); // Restore the mouse viewport so that we don't hover the viewport _under_ the moved window during the frame we released the mouse button. - if (!IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted()) + if (moving_window->Viewport && !IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted()) g.MouseViewport = moving_window->Viewport; // Clear the NoInput window flag set by the Viewport system - moving_window->Viewport->Flags &= ~ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs; // FIXME-VIEWPORT: Test engine managed to crash here because Viewport was NULL. + if (moving_window->Viewport) + moving_window->Viewport->Flags &= ~ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs; } g.MovingWindow = NULL; @@ -4448,10 +4567,10 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowEndFrame() if (g.HoveredIdDisabled) g.MovingWindow = NULL; } - else if (root_window == NULL && g.NavWindow != NULL && GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL) + else if (root_window == NULL && g.NavWindow != NULL) { // Clicking on void disable focus - FocusWindow(NULL); + FocusWindow(NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal); } } @@ -4622,8 +4741,8 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont()); IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded()); ImRect virtual_space(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) - virtual_space.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect()); + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + virtual_space.Add(viewport->GetMainRect()); g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = virtual_space.ToVec4(); g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol; g.DrawListSharedData.SetCircleTessellationMaxError(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError); @@ -4638,11 +4757,10 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset; // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it. - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; viewport->DrawData = NULL; - viewport->DrawDataP.Clear(); + viewport->DrawDataP.Valid = false; } // Drag and drop keep the source ID alive so even if the source disappear our state is consistent @@ -4708,21 +4826,33 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() } #endif + // Record when we have been stationary as this state is preserved while over same item. + // FIXME: The way this is expressed means user cannot alter HoverStationaryDelay during the frame to use varying values. + // To allow this we should store HoverItemMaxStationaryTime+ID and perform the >= check in IsItemHovered() function. + if (g.HoverItemDelayId != 0 && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay) + g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = g.HoverItemDelayId; + else if (g.HoverItemDelayId == 0) + g.HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = 0; + if (g.HoveredWindow != NULL && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= g.Style.HoverStationaryDelay) + g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = g.HoveredWindow->ID; + else if (g.HoveredWindow == NULL) + g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = 0; + // Update hover delay for IsItemHovered() with delays and tooltips - g.HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame = g.HoverDelayId; - if (g.HoverDelayId != 0) + g.HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame = g.HoverItemDelayId; + if (g.HoverItemDelayId != 0) { - //if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x == 0.0f && g.IO.MouseDelta.y == 0.0f) // Need design/flags - g.HoverDelayTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; - g.HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; - g.HoverDelayId = 0; + g.HoverItemDelayTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; + g.HoverItemDelayId = 0; } - else if (g.HoverDelayTimer > 0.0f) + else if (g.HoverItemDelayTimer > 0.0f) { // This gives a little bit of leeway before clearing the hover timer, allowing mouse to cross gaps - g.HoverDelayClearTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; - if (g.HoverDelayClearTimer >= ImMax(0.20f, g.IO.DeltaTime * 2.0f)) // ~6 frames at 30 Hz + allow for low framerate - g.HoverDelayTimer = g.HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; // May want a decaying timer, in which case need to clamp at max first, based on max of caller last requested timer. + // We could expose 0.25f as style.HoverClearDelay but I am not sure of the logic yet, this is particularly subtle. + g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer >= ImMax(0.25f, g.IO.DeltaTime * 2.0f)) // ~7 frames at 30 Hz + allow for low framerate + g.HoverItemDelayTimer = g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; // May want a decaying timer, in which case need to clamp at max first, based on max of caller last requested timer. } // Drag and drop @@ -4781,9 +4911,8 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() // Mark all windows as not visible and compact unused memory. IM_ASSERT(g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size <= g.Windows.Size); const float memory_compact_start_time = (g.GcCompactAll || g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer < 0.0f) ? FLT_MAX : (float)g.Time - g.IO.ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; window->WasActive = window->Active; window->Active = false; window->WriteAccessed = false; @@ -4799,16 +4928,16 @@ void ImGui::NewFrame() for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size; i++) if (g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] >= 0.0f && g.TablesLastTimeActive[i] < memory_compact_start_time) TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(g.Tables.GetByIndex(i)); - for (int i = 0; i < g.TablesTempData.Size; i++) - if (g.TablesTempData[i].LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && g.TablesTempData[i].LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) - TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(&g.TablesTempData[i]); + for (ImGuiTableTempData& table_temp_data : g.TablesTempData) + if (table_temp_data.LastTimeActive >= 0.0f && table_temp_data.LastTimeActive < memory_compact_start_time) + TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(&table_temp_data); if (g.GcCompactAll) GcCompactTransientMiscBuffers(); g.GcCompactAll = false; // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive) - FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL, NULL); + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame. // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear. @@ -4878,55 +5007,18 @@ static void AddWindowToSortBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, Im } } -static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list) -{ - if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) - return; - if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].UserCallback == NULL) - return; - - // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc. - // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly. - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); - if (!(draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset)) - IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); - - // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window) - // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually: - // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds. - // Be mindful that the ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics/Debugger window to inspect draw list contents. - // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either: - // (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer backend, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'. - // Most example backends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 backends won't. - // Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them. - // (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer backend, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h. - // Most example backends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time: - // glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset); - // Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes. - // 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API. - // - If for some reason neither of those solutions works for you, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching - // the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists. - if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2) - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above"); - - out_list->push_back(draw_list); -} - static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window, int layer) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiViewportP* viewport = window->Viewport; + IM_ASSERT(viewport != NULL); g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows++; - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost) - window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge(); - AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window->DrawList); - for (int i = 0; i < window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; + if (window->DrawList->_Splitter._Count > 1) + window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge(); // Merge if user forgot to merge back. Also required in Docking branch for ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost windows. + ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer], window->DrawList); + for (ImGuiWindow* child : window->DC.ChildWindows) if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(child)) // Clipped children may have been marked not active AddWindowToDrawData(child, layer); - } } static inline int GetWindowDisplayLayer(ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -4940,26 +5032,35 @@ static inline void AddRootWindowToDrawData(ImGuiWindow* window) AddWindowToDrawData(window, GetWindowDisplayLayer(window)); } -void ImDrawDataBuilder::FlattenIntoSingleLayer() +static void FlattenDrawDataIntoSingleLayer(ImDrawDataBuilder* builder) { - int n = Layers[0].Size; - int size = n; - for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); i++) - size += Layers[i].Size; - Layers[0].resize(size); - for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); layer_n++) + int n = builder->Layers[0]->Size; + int full_size = n; + for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(builder->Layers); i++) + full_size += builder->Layers[i]->Size; + builder->Layers[0]->resize(full_size); + for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(builder->Layers); layer_n++) { - ImVector& layer = Layers[layer_n]; - if (layer.empty()) + ImVector* layer = builder->Layers[layer_n]; + if (layer->empty()) continue; - memcpy(&Layers[0][n], &layer[0], layer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*)); - n += layer.Size; - layer.resize(0); + memcpy(builder->Layers[0]->Data + n, layer->Data, layer->Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*)); + n += layer->Size; + layer->resize(0); } } -static void SetupViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, ImVector* draw_lists) +static void InitViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) { + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP; + + viewport->DrawData = draw_data; // Make publicly accessible + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0] = &draw_data->CmdLists; + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1] = &viewport->DrawDataBuilder.LayerData1; + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0]->resize(0); + viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1]->resize(0); + // When minimized, we report draw_data->DisplaySize as zero to be consistent with non-viewport mode, // and to allow applications/backends to easily skip rendering. // FIXME: Note that we however do NOT attempt to report "zero drawlist / vertices" into the ImDrawData structure. @@ -4967,24 +5068,13 @@ static void SetupViewportDrawData(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, ImVectorFlags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) != 0; - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP; - viewport->DrawData = draw_data; // Make publicly accessible draw_data->Valid = true; - draw_data->CmdLists = (draw_lists->Size > 0) ? draw_lists->Data : NULL; - draw_data->CmdListsCount = draw_lists->Size; + draw_data->CmdListsCount = 0; draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0; draw_data->DisplayPos = viewport->Pos; draw_data->DisplaySize = is_minimized ? ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f) : viewport->Size; draw_data->FramebufferScale = io.DisplayFramebufferScale; // FIXME-VIEWPORT: This may vary on a per-monitor/viewport basis? draw_data->OwnerViewport = viewport; - for (int n = 0; n < draw_lists->Size; n++) - { - ImDrawList* draw_list = draw_lists->Data[n]; - draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); - draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; - draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size; - } } // Push a clipping rectangle for both ImGui logic (hit-testing etc.) and low-level ImDrawList rendering. @@ -5025,26 +5115,27 @@ static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgroundBehindWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImU32 // Draw behind window by moving the draw command at the FRONT of the draw list { - // We've already called AddWindowToDrawData() which called DrawList->ChannelsMerge() on DockNodeHost windows, - // and draw list have been trimmed already, hence the explicit recreation of a draw command if missing. + // Draw list have been trimmed already, hence the explicit recreation of a draw command if missing. // FIXME: This is creating complication, might be simpler if we could inject a drawlist in drawdata at a given position and not attempt to manipulate ImDrawCmd order. ImDrawList* draw_list = window->RootWindowDockTree->DrawList; + draw_list->ChannelsMerge(); if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); - draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), viewport_rect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), false); // Ensure ImDrawCmd are not merged + draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), viewport_rect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1), false); // FIXME: Need to stricty ensure ImDrawCmd are not merged (ElemCount==6 checks below will verify that) draw_list->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, col); ImDrawCmd cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back(); IM_ASSERT(cmd.ElemCount == 6); draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back(); draw_list->CmdBuffer.push_front(cmd); - draw_list->PopClipRect(); draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); // We need to create a command as CmdBuffer.back().IdxOffset won't be correct if we append to same command. + draw_list->PopClipRect(); } // Draw over sibling docking nodes in a same docking tree if (window->RootWindow->DockIsActive) { ImDrawList* draw_list = FindFrontMostVisibleChildWindow(window->RootWindowDockTree)->DrawList; + draw_list->ChannelsMerge(); if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) draw_list->AddDrawCmd(); draw_list->PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, false); @@ -5070,6 +5161,8 @@ ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBottomMostVisibleWindowWithinBeginStack(ImGuiWindow* par return bottom_most_visible_window; } +// Important: AddWindowToDrawData() has not been called yet, meaning DockNodeHost windows needs a DrawList->ChannelsMerge() before usage. +// We call ChannelsMerge() lazily here at it is faster that doing a full iteration of g.Windows[] prior to calling RenderDimmedBackgrounds(). static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgrounds() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -5106,6 +5199,7 @@ static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgrounds() bb.Expand(distance); if (bb.GetWidth() >= viewport->Size.x && bb.GetHeight() >= viewport->Size.y) bb.Expand(-distance - 1.0f); // If a window fits the entire viewport, adjust its highlight inward + window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge(); if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) window->DrawList->AddDrawCmd(); window->DrawList->PushClipRect(viewport->Pos, viewport->Pos + viewport->Size); @@ -5114,9 +5208,8 @@ static void ImGui::RenderDimmedBackgrounds() } // Draw dimming background on _other_ viewports than the ones our windows are in - for (int viewport_n = 0; viewport_n < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_n++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[viewport_n]; if (viewport == viewports_already_dimmed[0] || viewport == viewports_already_dimmed[1]) continue; if (modal_window && viewport->Window && IsWindowAbove(viewport->Window, modal_window)) @@ -5147,7 +5240,7 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() if (g.IO.SetPlatformImeDataFn && memcmp(ime_data, &g.PlatformImeDataPrev, sizeof(ImGuiPlatformImeData)) != 0) { ImGuiViewport* viewport = FindViewportByID(g.PlatformImeViewport); - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("Calling io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(): WantVisible: %d, InputPos (%.2f,%.2f)\n", ime_data->WantVisible, ime_data->InputPos.x, ime_data->InputPos.y); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] Calling io.SetPlatformImeDataFn(): WantVisible: %d, InputPos (%.2f,%.2f)\n", ime_data->WantVisible, ime_data->InputPos.x, ime_data->InputPos.y); if (viewport == NULL) viewport = GetMainViewport(); #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS @@ -5209,9 +5302,8 @@ void ImGui::EndFrame() // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because children may not exist yet g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.resize(0); g.WindowsTempSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size); - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // if a child is active its parent will add it continue; AddWindowToSortBuffer(&g.WindowsTempSortBuffer, window); @@ -5243,28 +5335,30 @@ void ImGui::Render() if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount) EndFrame(); - const bool first_render_of_frame = (g.FrameCountRendered != g.FrameCount); + if (g.FrameCountRendered == g.FrameCount) + return; g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount; - g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0; + g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0; CallContextHooks(&g, ImGuiContextHookType_RenderPre); // Add background ImDrawList (for each active viewport) - for (int n = 0; n != g.Viewports.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; - viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Clear(); - if (viewport->DrawLists[0] != NULL) - AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport)); + InitViewportDrawData(viewport); + if (viewport->BgFgDrawLists[0] != NULL) + AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetBackgroundDrawList(viewport)); } + // Draw modal/window whitening backgrounds + RenderDimmedBackgrounds(); + // Add ImDrawList to render ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_top_most[2]; windows_to_render_top_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindowDockTree : NULL; windows_to_render_top_most[1] = (g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingListWindow : NULL); - for (int n = 0; n != g.Windows.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; IM_MSVC_WARNING_SUPPRESS(6011); // Static Analysis false positive "warning C6011: Dereferencing NULL pointer 'window'" if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_top_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_top_most[1]) AddRootWindowToDrawData(window); @@ -5273,27 +5367,26 @@ void ImGui::Render() if (windows_to_render_top_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_top_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the top-most window AddRootWindowToDrawData(windows_to_render_top_most[n]); - // Draw modal/window whitening backgrounds - if (first_render_of_frame) - RenderDimmedBackgrounds(); - // Draw software mouse cursor if requested by io.MouseDrawCursor flag - if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && first_render_of_frame && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None) + if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && g.MouseCursor != ImGuiMouseCursor_None) RenderMouseCursor(g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor, IM_COL32_WHITE, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48)); // Setup ImDrawData structures for end-user g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = 0; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; - viewport->DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); + FlattenDrawDataIntoSingleLayer(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder); // Add foreground ImDrawList (for each active viewport) - if (viewport->DrawLists[1] != NULL) - AddDrawListToDrawData(&viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport)); + if (viewport->BgFgDrawLists[1] != NULL) + AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(&viewport->DrawDataP, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], GetForegroundDrawList(viewport)); + + // We call _PopUnusedDrawCmd() last thing, as RenderDimmedBackgrounds() rely on a valid command being there (especially in docking branch). + ImDrawData* draw_data = &viewport->DrawDataP; + IM_ASSERT(draw_data->CmdLists.Size == draw_data->CmdListsCount); + for (ImDrawList* draw_list : draw_data->CmdLists) + draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); - SetupViewportDrawData(viewport, &viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0]); - ImDrawData* draw_data = viewport->DrawData; g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices += draw_data->TotalVtxCount; g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices += draw_data->TotalIdxCount; } @@ -5492,17 +5585,28 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemEdited() return (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0; } +// Allow next item to be overlapped by subsequent items. +// This works by requiring HoveredId to match for two subsequent frames, +// so if a following items overwrite it our interactions will naturally be disabled. +void ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap; +} + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS // Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority. -// FIXME: Although this is exposed, its interaction and ideal idiom with using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap flag are extremely confusing, need rework. +// FIXME-LEGACY: Use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() *before* your item instead. void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; if (g.HoveredId == id) g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true; - if (g.ActiveId == id) + if (g.ActiveId == id) // Before we made this obsolete, most calls to SetItemAllowOverlap() used to avoid this path by testing g.ActiveId != id. g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true; } +#endif // FIXME: It might be undesirable that this will likely disable KeyOwner-aware shortcuts systems. Consider a more fine-tuned version for the two users of this function. void ImGui::SetActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys() @@ -5579,11 +5683,15 @@ bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, b parent_window->DC.CursorPos = child_window->Pos; // Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame - if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavHasScroll)) + // Can enter a child if (A) it has navigatable items or (B) it can be scrolled. + const ImGuiID temp_id_for_activation = ImHashStr("##Child", 0, id); + if (g.ActiveId == temp_id_for_activation) + ClearActiveID(); + if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY)) { FocusWindow(child_window); NavInitWindow(child_window, false); - SetActiveID(id + 1, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with another arbitrary id so that key-press won't activate child item + SetActiveID(temp_id_for_activation, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with another arbitrary id so that key-press won't activate child item g.ActiveIdSource = g.NavInputSource; } return ret; @@ -5626,7 +5734,7 @@ void ImGui::EndChild() ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; ImRect bb(parent_window->DC.CursorPos, parent_window->DC.CursorPos + sz); ItemSize(sz); - if ((window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || window->DC.NavHasScroll) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) + if ((window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask != 0 || window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) { ItemAdd(bb, window->ChildId); RenderNavHighlight(bb, window->ChildId); @@ -5639,6 +5747,10 @@ void ImGui::EndChild() { // Not navigable into ItemAdd(bb, 0); + + // But when flattened we directly reach items, adjust active layer mask accordingly + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) + parent_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext |= window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext; } if (g.HoveredWindow == window) g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow; @@ -6005,6 +6117,11 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s const float grip_hover_inner_size = IM_FLOOR(grip_draw_size * 0.75f); const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING : 0.0f; + ImRect clamp_rect = visibility_rect; + const bool window_move_from_title_bar = g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar); + if (window_move_from_title_bar) + clamp_rect.Min.y -= window->TitleBarHeight(); + ImVec2 pos_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); ImVec2 size_target(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); @@ -6051,8 +6168,8 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s { // Resize from any of the four corners // We don't use an incremental MouseDelta but rather compute an absolute target size based on mouse position - ImVec2 clamp_min = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 1.0f ? visibility_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 1.0f ? visibility_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); - ImVec2 clamp_max = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 0.0f ? visibility_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f ? visibility_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 clamp_min = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 1.0f ? clamp_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, (def.CornerPosN.y == 1.0f || (def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f && window_move_from_title_bar)) ? clamp_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 clamp_max = ImVec2(def.CornerPosN.x == 0.0f ? clamp_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, def.CornerPosN.y == 0.0f ? clamp_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); ImVec2 corner_target = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset + ImLerp(def.InnerDir * grip_hover_outer_size, def.InnerDir * -grip_hover_inner_size, def.CornerPosN); // Corner of the window corresponding to our corner grip corner_target = ImClamp(corner_target, clamp_min, clamp_max); CalcResizePosSizeFromAnyCorner(window, corner_target, def.CornerPosN, &pos_target, &size_target); @@ -6081,8 +6198,8 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s } if (held) { - ImVec2 clamp_min(border_n == ImGuiDir_Right ? visibility_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Down ? visibility_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); - ImVec2 clamp_max(border_n == ImGuiDir_Left ? visibility_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Up ? visibility_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 clamp_min(border_n == ImGuiDir_Right ? clamp_rect.Min.x : -FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Down || (border_n == ImGuiDir_Up && window_move_from_title_bar) ? clamp_rect.Min.y : -FLT_MAX); + ImVec2 clamp_max(border_n == ImGuiDir_Left ? clamp_rect.Max.x : +FLT_MAX, border_n == ImGuiDir_Up ? clamp_rect.Max.y : +FLT_MAX); ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos; border_target[axis] = g.IO.MousePos[axis] - g.ActiveIdClickOffset[axis] + WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; border_target = ImClamp(border_target, clamp_min, clamp_max); @@ -6109,7 +6226,7 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s const float NAV_RESIZE_SPEED = 600.0f; const float resize_step = NAV_RESIZE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y); g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize += nav_resize_dir * resize_step; - g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImMax(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize, visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); // We need Pos+Size >= visibility_rect.Min, so Size >= visibility_rect.Min - Pos, so size_delta >= visibility_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size + g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize = ImMax(g.NavWindowingAccumDeltaSize, clamp_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size); // We need Pos+Size >= clmap_rect.Min, so Size >= clmap_rect.Min - Pos, so size_delta >= clmap_rect.Min - window->Pos - window->Size g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; resize_grip_col[0] = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive); @@ -6343,18 +6460,18 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowTitleBarContents(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& titl ImVec2 collapse_button_pos; if (has_close_button) { - pad_r += button_sz; - close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); + close_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - button_sz, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + pad_r += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; } if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right) { - pad_r += button_sz; - collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); + collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Max.x - pad_r - button_sz, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + pad_r += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; } if (has_collapse_button && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) { - collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l - style.FramePadding.x, title_bar_rect.Min.y); - pad_l += button_sz; + collapse_button_pos = ImVec2(title_bar_rect.Min.x + pad_l, title_bar_rect.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + pad_l += button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; } // Collapse button (submitting first so it gets priority when choosing a navigation init fallback) @@ -6431,31 +6548,35 @@ void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags // When a modal popup is open, newly created windows that want focus (i.e. are not popups and do not specify ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing) // should be positioned behind that modal window, unless the window was created inside the modal begin-stack. // In case of multiple stacked modals newly created window honors begin stack order and does not go below its own modal parent. -// - Window // FindBlockingModal() returns Modal1 -// - Window // .. returns Modal1 +// - WindowA // FindBlockingModal() returns Modal1 +// - WindowB // .. returns Modal1 // - Modal1 // .. returns Modal2 -// - Window // .. returns Modal2 -// - Window // .. returns Modal2 +// - WindowC // .. returns Modal2 +// - WindowD // .. returns Modal2 // - Modal2 // .. returns Modal2 -static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window) +// - WindowE // .. returns NULL +// Notes: +// - FindBlockingModal(NULL) == NULL is generally equivalent to GetTopMostPopupModal() == NULL. +// Only difference is here we check for ->Active/WasActive but it may be unecessary. +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= 0) return NULL; // Find a modal that has common parent with specified window. Specified window should be positioned behind that modal. - for (int i = g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) + for (ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack) { - ImGuiWindow* popup_window = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[i].Window; + ImGuiWindow* popup_window = popup_data.Window; if (popup_window == NULL || !(popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) continue; if (!popup_window->Active && !popup_window->WasActive) // Check WasActive, because this code may run before popup renders on current frame, also check Active to handle newly created windows. continue; - if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, popup_window)) // Window is rendered over last modal, no render order change needed. - break; - for (ImGuiWindow* parent = popup_window->ParentWindowInBeginStack->RootWindow; parent != NULL; parent = parent->ParentWindowInBeginStack->RootWindow) - if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, parent)) - return popup_window; // Place window above its begin stack parent. + if (window == NULL) // FindBlockingModal(NULL) test for if FocusWindow(NULL) is naturally possible via a mouse click. + return popup_window; + if (IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, popup_window)) // Window may be over modal + continue; + return popup_window; // Place window right below first block modal } return NULL; } @@ -6731,7 +6852,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // LOCK BORDER SIZE AND PADDING FOR THE FRAME (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies) // We read Style data after the call to UpdateSelectWindowViewport() which might be swapping the style. - if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + if (!window->DockIsActive && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) window->WindowBorderSize = style.ChildBorderSize; else window->WindowBorderSize = ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupBorderSize : style.WindowBorderSize; @@ -6912,22 +7033,6 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) want_focus = true; else if ((window->DockIsActive || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) want_focus = true; - - ImGuiWindow* modal = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - if (modal != NULL && !IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf(window, modal)) - { - // Avoid focusing a window that is created outside of active modal. This will prevent active modal from being closed. - // Since window is not focused it would reappear at the same display position like the last time it was visible. - // In case of completely new windows it would go to the top (over current modal), but input to such window would still be blocked by modal. - // Position window behind a modal that is not a begin-parent of this window. - want_focus = false; - if (window == window->RootWindow) - { - ImGuiWindow* blocking_modal = FindBlockingModal(window); - IM_ASSERT(blocking_modal != NULL); - BringWindowToDisplayBehind(window, blocking_modal); - } - } } // [Test Engine] Register whole window in the item system (before submitting further decorations) @@ -7075,8 +7180,8 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // - We disable this when the parent window has zero vertices, which is a common pattern leading to laying out multiple overlapping childs ImGuiWindow* previous_child = parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size >= 2 ? parent_window->DC.ChildWindows[parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.Size - 2] : NULL; bool previous_child_overlapping = previous_child ? previous_child->Rect().Overlaps(window->Rect()) : false; - bool parent_is_empty = parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size > 0; - if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && parent_is_empty && !previous_child_overlapping) + bool parent_is_empty = (parent_window->DrawList->VtxBuffer.Size == 0); + if (window->DrawList->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0 && !parent_is_empty && !previous_child_overlapping) render_decorations_in_parent = true; } if (render_decorations_in_parent) @@ -7110,6 +7215,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // [LEGACY] Content Region // FIXME-OBSOLETE: window->ContentRegionRect.Max is currently very misleading / partly faulty, but some BeginChild() patterns relies on it. + // Unless explicit content size is specified by user, this currently represent the region leading to no scrolling. // Used by: // - Mouse wheel scrolling + many other things window->ContentRegionRect.Min.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + window->WindowPadding.x + window->DecoOuterSizeX1; @@ -7140,8 +7246,9 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = ImGuiNavLayer_Main; window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask = window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext; window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext = 0x00; + window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = true; window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false; - window->DC.NavHasScroll = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); + window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY = (window->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; window->DC.MenuColumns.Update(style.ItemSpacing.x, window_just_activated_by_user); @@ -7164,22 +7271,20 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->AutoFitFramesY--; // Apply focus (we need to call FocusWindow() AFTER setting DC.CursorStartPos so our initial navigation reference rectangle can start around there) + // We ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal to: + // - Avoid focusing a window that is created outside of a modal. This will prevent active modal from being closed. + // - Position window behind the modal that is not a begin-parent of this window. if (want_focus) - { - FocusWindow(window); + FocusWindow(window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal); + if (want_focus && window == g.NavWindow) NavInitWindow(window, false); // <-- this is in the way for us to be able to defer and sort reappearing FocusWindow() calls - } - // Close requested by platform window + // Close requested by platform window (apply to all windows in this viewport) if (p_open != NULL && window->Viewport->PlatformRequestClose && window->Viewport != GetMainViewport()) { - if (!window->DockIsActive || window->DockTabIsVisible) - { - window->Viewport->PlatformRequestClose = false; - g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; // Assume user mapped PlatformRequestClose on ALT-F4 so we disable ALT for menu toggle. False positive not an issue. - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Window '%s' PlatformRequestClose\n", window->Name); - *p_open = false; - } + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Window '%s' closed by PlatformRequestClose\n", window->Name); + *p_open = false; + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; // Assume user mapped PlatformRequestClose on ALT-F4 so we disable ALT for menu toggle. False positive not an issue. // FIXME-NAV: Try removing. } // Title bar @@ -7203,9 +7308,8 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { // Docking: Dragging a dockable window (or any of its child) turns it into a drag and drop source. // We need to do this _before_ we overwrite window->DC.LastItemId below because BeginDockableDragDropSource() also overwrites it. - if ((g.MovingWindow == window) && (g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift == g.IO.KeyShift)) - if ((window->RootWindowDockTree->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) == 0) - BeginDockableDragDropSource(window); + if (g.MovingWindow == window && (window->RootWindowDockTree->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) == 0) + BeginDockableDragDropSource(window); // Docking: Any dockable window can act as a target. For dock node hosts we call BeginDockableDragDropTarget() in DockNodeUpdate() instead. if (g.DragDropActive && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking)) @@ -7456,10 +7560,25 @@ int ImGui::FindWindowDisplayIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) } // Moving window to front of display and set focus (which happens to be back of our sorted list) -void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + // Modal check? + if ((flags & ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal) && (g.NavWindow != window)) // Early out in common case. + if (ImGuiWindow* blocking_modal = FindBlockingModal(window)) + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("[focus] FocusWindow(\"%s\", UnlessBelowModal): prevented by \"%s\".\n", window ? window->Name : "", blocking_modal->Name); + if (window && window == window->RootWindow && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) == 0) + BringWindowToDisplayBehind(window, blocking_modal); // Still bring to right below modal. + return; + } + + // Find last focused child (if any) and focus it instead. + if ((flags & ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild) && window != NULL) + window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window); + + // Apply focus if (g.NavWindow != window) { SetNavWindow(window); @@ -7504,7 +7623,7 @@ void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) BringWindowToDisplayFront(display_front_window); } -void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window, ImGuiViewport* filter_viewport) +void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window, ImGuiViewport* filter_viewport, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; int start_idx = g.WindowsFocusOrder.Size - 1; @@ -7530,16 +7649,16 @@ void ImGui::FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWind continue; if ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) != (ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) { - // FIXME-DOCK: This is failing (lagging by one frame) for docked windows. + // FIXME-DOCK: When ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild is set... + // This is failing (lagging by one frame) for docked windows. // If A and B are docked into window and B disappear, at the NewFrame() call site window->NavLastChildNavWindow will still point to B. // We might leverage the tab order implicitly stored in window->DockNodeAsHost->TabBar (essentially the 'most_recently_selected_tab' code in tab bar will do that but on next update) // to tell which is the "previous" window. Or we may leverage 'LastFrameFocused/LastFrameJustFocused' and have this function handle child window itself? - ImGuiWindow* focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(window); - FocusWindow(focus_window); + FocusWindow(window, flags); return; } } - FocusWindow(NULL); + FocusWindow(NULL, flags); } // Important: this alone doesn't alter current ImDrawList state. This is called by PushFont/PopFont only. @@ -7732,7 +7851,8 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowAbove(ImGuiWindow* potential_above, ImGuiWindow* potential_b bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) { - IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function + IM_ASSERT((flags & ~ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsWindowHovered) == 0 && "Invalid flags for IsWindowHovered()!"); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* ref_window = g.HoveredWindow; ImGuiWindow* cur_window = g.CurrentWindow; @@ -7761,6 +7881,17 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) if (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != ref_window->MoveId) return false; + + // When changing hovered window we requires a bit of stationary delay before activating hover timer. + // FIXME: We don't support delay other than stationary one for now, other delay would need a way + // to fullfill the possibility that multiple IsWindowHovered() with varying flag could return true + // for different windows of the hierarchy. Possibly need a Hash(Current+Flags) ==> (Timer) cache. + // We can implement this for _Stationary because the data is linked to HoveredWindow rather than CurrentWindow. + if (flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) + flags |= g.Style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse; + if ((flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary) != 0 && g.HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId != ref_window->ID) + return false; + return true; } @@ -8102,13 +8233,6 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale) g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); } -void ImGui::ActivateItem(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NavNextActivateId = id; - g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; -} - void ImGui::PushFocusScope(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -8124,13 +8248,40 @@ void ImGui::PopFocusScope() g.CurrentFocusScopeId = g.FocusScopeStack.Size ? g.FocusScopeStack.back() : 0; } +// Focus = move navigation cursor, set scrolling, set focus window. +void ImGui::FocusItem() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("FocusItem(0x%08x) in window \"%s\"\n", g.LastItemData.ID, window->Name); + if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL) // FIXME: Opt-in flags for this? + { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("FocusItem() ignored while DragDropActive!\n"); + return; + } + + ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect; + ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; + SetNavWindow(window); + NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, ImGuiDir_Up, move_flags, scroll_flags); + NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal); +} + +void ImGui::ActivateItemByID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavNextActivateId = id; + g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; +} + // Note: this will likely be called ActivateItem() once we rework our Focus/Activation system! +// But ActivateItem() should function without altering scroll/focus? void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; IM_ASSERT(offset >= -1); // -1 is allowed but not below - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere(%d) in window \"%s\"\n", offset, window->Name); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("SetKeyboardFocusHere(%d) in window \"%s\"\n", offset, window->Name); // It makes sense in the vast majority of cases to never interrupt a drag and drop. // When we refactor this function into ActivateItem() we may want to make this an option. @@ -8138,14 +8289,15 @@ void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset) // is also automatically dropped in the event g.ActiveId is stolen. if (g.DragDropActive || g.MovingWindow != NULL) { - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_ACTIVEID("SetKeyboardFocusHere() ignored while DragDropActive!\n"); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_FOCUS("SetKeyboardFocusHere() ignored while DragDropActive!\n"); return; } SetNavWindow(window); + ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi; ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; - NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. + NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, offset < 0 ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down, move_flags, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. if (offset == -1) { NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocal); @@ -8163,12 +8315,11 @@ void ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus() ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (!window->Appearing) return; - if (g.NavWindow != window->RootWindowForNav || (!g.NavInitRequest && g.NavInitResultId == 0) || g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + if (g.NavWindow != window->RootWindowForNav || (!g.NavInitRequest && g.NavInitResult.ID == 0) || g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) return; g.NavInitRequest = false; - g.NavInitResultId = g.LastItemData.ID; - g.NavInitResultRectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.Rect); + NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavInitResult); NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); // Scroll could be done in NavInitRequestApplyResult() via an opt-in flag (we however don't want regular init requests to scroll) @@ -8409,7 +8560,7 @@ const char* ImGui::GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_KEYIO - IM_ASSERT((IsNamedKey(key) || key == ImGuiKey_None) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend and user code."); + IM_ASSERT((IsNamedKeyOrModKey(key) || key == ImGuiKey_None) && "Support for user key indices was dropped in favor of ImGuiKey. Please update backend and user code."); #else if (IsLegacyKey(key)) { @@ -9079,6 +9230,13 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs() else io.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + // Update stationary timer. + // FIXME: May need to rework again to have some tolerance for occasional small movement, while being functional on high-framerates. + const float mouse_stationary_threshold = (io.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse) ? 2.0f : 3.0f; // Slightly higher threshold for ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen, may need rework. + const bool mouse_stationary = (ImLengthSqr(io.MouseDelta) <= mouse_stationary_threshold * mouse_stationary_threshold); + g.MouseStationaryTimer = mouse_stationary ? (g.MouseStationaryTimer + io.DeltaTime) : 0.0f; + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("%.4f\n", g.MouseStationaryTimer); + // If mouse moved we re-enable mouse hovering in case it was disabled by gamepad/keyboard. In theory should use a >0.0f threshold but would need to reset in everywhere we set this to true. if (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f) g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; @@ -9137,7 +9295,7 @@ static void LockWheelingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, float wheel_amount) g.WheelingWindowReleaseTimer = 0.0f; if (g.WheelingWindow == window) return; - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("LockWheelingWindow() \"%s\"\n", window ? window->Name : "NULL"); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] LockWheelingWindow() \"%s\"\n", window ? window->Name : "NULL"); g.WheelingWindow = window; g.WheelingWindowRefMousePos = g.IO.MousePos; if (window == NULL) @@ -9301,13 +9459,13 @@ static const char* GetMouseSourceName(ImGuiMouseSource source) static void DebugPrintInputEvent(const char* prefix, const ImGuiInputEvent* e) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { if (e->MousePos.PosX == -FLT_MAX && e->MousePos.PosY == -FLT_MAX) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MousePos (-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX)\n", prefix); else IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MousePos (%.1f, %.1f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseWheel.MouseSource)); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseButton %d %s (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up", GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseWheel.MouseSource)); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseWheel (%.3f, %.3f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseWheel.MouseSource)); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport){IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: MouseViewport (0x%08X)\n", prefix, e->MouseViewport.HoveredViewportID); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Key \"%s\" %s\n", prefix, ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key.Key), e->Key.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: Text: %c (U+%08X)\n", prefix, e->Text.Char, e->Text.Char); return; } - if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("%s: AppFocused %d\n", prefix, e->AppFocused.Focused); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MousePos) { if (e->MousePos.PosX == -FLT_MAX && e->MousePos.PosY == -FLT_MAX) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX)\n", prefix); else IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MousePos (%.1f, %.1f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MousePos.PosX, e->MousePos.PosY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MousePos.MouseSource)); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseButton) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseButton %d %s (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseButton.Button, e->MouseButton.Down ? "Down" : "Up", GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseButton.MouseSource)); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseWheel) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseWheel (%.3f, %.3f) (%s)\n", prefix, e->MouseWheel.WheelX, e->MouseWheel.WheelY, GetMouseSourceName(e->MouseWheel.MouseSource)); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_MouseViewport){IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: MouseViewport (0x%08X)\n", prefix, e->MouseViewport.HoveredViewportID); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Key) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: Key \"%s\" %s\n", prefix, ImGui::GetKeyName(e->Key.Key), e->Key.Down ? "Down" : "Up"); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Text) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: Text: %c (U+%08X)\n", prefix, e->Text.Char, e->Text.Char); return; } + if (e->Type == ImGuiInputEventType_Focus) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_IO("[io] %s: AppFocused %d\n", prefix, e->AppFocused.Focused); return; } } #endif @@ -9701,9 +9859,8 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() } // Perform simple checks on platform monitor data + compute a total bounding box for quick early outs - for (int monitor_n = 0; monitor_n < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size; monitor_n++) + for (ImGuiPlatformMonitor& mon : g.PlatformIO.Monitors) { - ImGuiPlatformMonitor& mon = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[monitor_n]; IM_UNUSED(mon); IM_ASSERT(mon.MainSize.x > 0.0f && mon.MainSize.y > 0.0f && "Monitor main bounds not setup properly."); IM_ASSERT(ImRect(mon.MainPos, mon.MainPos + mon.MainSize).Contains(ImRect(mon.WorkPos, mon.WorkPos + mon.WorkSize)) && "Monitor work bounds not setup properly. If you don't have work area information, just copy MainPos/MainSize into them."); @@ -9834,6 +9991,11 @@ void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, vo if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopStyleVar() in '%s'", window->Name); PopStyleVar(); } + while (g.FontStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFontStack) //-V1044 + { + if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFont() in '%s'", window->Name); + PopFont(); + } while (g.FocusScopeStack.Size > stack_sizes->SizeOfFocusScopeStack + 1) //-V1044 { if (log_callback) log_callback(user_data, "Recovered from missing PopFocusScope() in '%s'", window->Name); @@ -9965,7 +10127,7 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGu g.LastItemData.ID = id; g.LastItemData.Rect = bb; g.LastItemData.NavRect = nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb; - g.LastItemData.InFlags = g.CurrentItemFlags | extra_flags; + g.LastItemData.InFlags = g.CurrentItemFlags | g.NextItemData.ItemFlags | extra_flags; g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None; // Directional navigation processing @@ -9997,6 +10159,7 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGu IM_ASSERT(id != window->ID && "Cannot have an empty ID at the root of a window. If you need an empty label, use ## and read the FAQ about how the ID Stack works!"); } g.NextItemData.Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE if (id != 0) @@ -10020,6 +10183,8 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGu DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); #endif //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG] + //if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav) == 0) + // window->DrawList->AddRect(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min, g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); // [DEBUG] // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them) if (is_rect_visible) @@ -10032,7 +10197,7 @@ bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg, ImGu // Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout // offset_from_start_x == 0 : follow right after previous item // offset_from_start_x != 0 : align to specified x position (relative to window/group left) -// spacing_w < 0 : use default spacing if pos_x == 0, no spacing if pos_x != 0 +// spacing_w < 0 : use default spacing if offset_from_start_x == 0, no spacing if offset_from_start_x != 0 // spacing_w >= 0 : enforce spacing amount void ImGui::SameLine(float offset_from_start_x, float spacing_w) { @@ -10066,9 +10231,6 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos() return window->DC.CursorPos; } -// 2022/08/05: Setting cursor position also extend boundaries (via modifying CursorMaxPos) used to compute window size, group size etc. -// I believe this was is a judicious choice but it's probably being relied upon (it has been the case since 1.31 and 1.50) -// It would be sane if we requested user to use SetCursorPos() + Dummy(ImVec2(0,0)) to extend CursorMaxPos... void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -10260,10 +10422,8 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max - window->Pos; - if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) - mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x - window->Pos.x; - return mx; + ImVec2 mx = (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) ? window->WorkRect.Max : window->ContentRegionRect.Max; + return mx - window->Pos; } // [Internal] Absolute coordinate. Saner. This is not exposed until we finishing refactoring work rect features. @@ -10271,9 +10431,7 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMaxAbs() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImVec2 mx = window->ContentRegionRect.Max; - if (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) - mx.x = window->WorkRect.Max.x; + ImVec2 mx = (window->DC.CurrentColumns || g.CurrentTable) ? window->WorkRect.Max : window->ContentRegionRect.Max; return mx; } @@ -10640,26 +10798,35 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTooltip() return BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); } +bool ImGui::BeginItemTooltip() +{ + if (!IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) + return false; + return BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_None, ImGuiWindowFlags_None); +} + bool ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.DragDropWithinSource || g.DragDropWithinTarget) { - // The default tooltip position is a little offset to give space to see the context menu (it's also clamped within the current viewport/monitor) - // In the context of a dragging tooltip we try to reduce that offset and we enforce following the cursor. - // Whatever we do we want to call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce a tooltip position and disable clipping the tooltip without our display area, like regular tooltip do. + // Drag and Drop tooltips are positioning differently than other tooltips: + // - offset visibility to increase visibility around mouse. + // - never clamp within outer viewport boundary. + // We call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce position and disable clamping. + // See FindBestWindowPosForPopup() for positionning logic of other tooltips (not drag and drop ones). //ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - g.Style.WindowPadding; - ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + ImVec2(16 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale, 8 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale); + ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET * g.Style.MouseCursorScale; SetNextWindowPos(tooltip_pos); SetNextWindowBgAlpha(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg].w * 0.60f); //PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * 0.60f); // This would be nice but e.g ColorButton with checkboard has issue with transparent colors :( - tooltip_flags |= ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip; + tooltip_flags |= ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious; } char window_name[16]; ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", g.TooltipOverrideCount); - if (tooltip_flags & ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip) + if (tooltip_flags & ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious) if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(window_name)) if (window->Active) { @@ -10683,14 +10850,6 @@ void ImGui::EndTooltip() End(); } -void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - if (!BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None)) - return; - TextV(fmt, args); - EndTooltip(); -} - void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) { va_list args; @@ -10699,6 +10858,32 @@ void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) va_end(args); } +void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + if (!BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious, ImGuiWindowFlags_None)) + return; + TextV(fmt, args); + EndTooltip(); +} + +// Shortcut to use 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav'. +// Defaults to == ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort when using the mouse. +void ImGui::SetItemTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) + SetTooltipV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +void ImGui::SetItemTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) + SetTooltipV(fmt, args); +} + + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] POPUPS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -10722,8 +10907,8 @@ bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) if (popup_flags & ImGuiPopupFlags_AnyPopupLevel) { // Return true if the popup is open anywhere in the popup stack - for (int n = 0; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++) - if (g.OpenPopupStack[n].PopupId == id) + for (ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack) + if (popup_data.PopupId == id) return true; return false; } @@ -10744,6 +10929,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags) return IsPopupOpen(id, popup_flags); } +// Also see FindBlockingModal(NULL) ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -10754,6 +10940,7 @@ ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostPopupModal() return NULL; } +// See Demo->Stacked Modal to confirm what this is for. ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -10883,7 +11070,7 @@ void ImGui::ClosePopupsExceptModals() for (popup_count_to_keep = g.OpenPopupStack.Size; popup_count_to_keep > 0; popup_count_to_keep--) { ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[popup_count_to_keep - 1].Window; - if (!window || window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + if (!window || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) break; } if (popup_count_to_keep < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the statement below @@ -10905,16 +11092,9 @@ void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_ { ImGuiWindow* focus_window = (popup_window && popup_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? popup_window->ParentWindow : popup_backup_nav_window; if (focus_window && !focus_window->WasActive && popup_window) - { - // Fallback - FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(popup_window, NULL, NULL); - } + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(popup_window, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); // Fallback else - { - if (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && focus_window) - focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(focus_window); - FocusWindow(focus_window); - } + FocusWindow(focus_window, (g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) ? ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild : ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_None); } } @@ -11237,15 +11417,20 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window) } if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) { - // Position tooltip (always follows mouse) - float sc = g.Style.MouseCursorScale; - ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + // Position tooltip (always follows mouse + clamp within outer boundaries) + // Note that drag and drop tooltips are NOT using this path: BeginTooltipEx() manually sets their position. + // In theory we could handle both cases in same location, but requires a bit of shuffling as drag and drop tooltips are calling SetWindowPos() leading to 'window_pos_set_by_api' being set in Begin() + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window); + const float scale = g.Style.MouseCursorScale; + const ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + const ImVec2 tooltip_pos = ref_pos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET * scale; ImRect r_avoid; if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos)) r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 16, ref_pos.y + 8); else - r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * sc, ref_pos.y + 24 * sc); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important. - return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(ref_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip); + r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * scale, ref_pos.y + 24 * scale); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important. + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(tooltip_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Tooltip); } IM_ASSERT(0); return window->Pos; @@ -11271,6 +11456,12 @@ void ImGui::SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); } +void ImGui::NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis axis) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer][axis] = FLT_MAX; +} + void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -11281,6 +11472,10 @@ void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id g.NavFocusScopeId = focus_scope_id; g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel; + + // Clear preferred scoring position (NavMoveRequestApplyResult() will tend to restore it) + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X); + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y); } void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) @@ -11305,38 +11500,28 @@ void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; else g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + + // Clear preferred scoring position (NavMoveRequestApplyResult() will tend to restore it) + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X); + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y); } -ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy) +static ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy) { if (ImFabs(dx) > ImFabs(dy)) return (dx > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Left; return (dy > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Up; } -static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float a0, float a1, float b0, float b1) +static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float cand_min, float cand_max, float curr_min, float curr_max) { - if (a1 < b0) - return a1 - b0; - if (b1 < a0) - return a0 - b1; + if (cand_max < curr_min) + return cand_max - curr_min; + if (curr_max < cand_min) + return cand_min - curr_max; return 0.0f; } -static void inline NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImRect& r, const ImRect& clip_rect) -{ - if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) - { - r.Min.y = ImClamp(r.Min.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); - r.Max.y = ImClamp(r.Max.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); - } - else // FIXME: PageUp/PageDown are leaving move_dir == None - { - r.Min.x = ImClamp(r.Min.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); - r.Max.x = ImClamp(r.Max.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); - } -} - // Scoring function for gamepad/keyboard directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057 static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) { @@ -11359,10 +11544,6 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) cand.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); // This allows the scored item to not overlap other candidates in the parent window } - // We perform scoring on items bounding box clipped by the current clipping rectangle on the other axis (clipping on our movement axis would give us equal scores for all clipped items) - // For example, this ensures that items in one column are not reached when moving vertically from items in another column. - NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(g.NavMoveClipDir, cand, window->ClipRect); - // Compute distance between boxes // FIXME-NAV: Introducing biases for vertical navigation, needs to be removed. float dbx = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand.Min.x, cand.Max.x, curr.Min.x, curr.Max.x); @@ -11401,32 +11582,41 @@ static bool ImGui::NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) quadrant = (g.LastItemData.ID < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right; } + const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir; #if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING - char buf[128]; - if (IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max)) + char buf[200]; + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold CTRL to preview score in matching quadrant. CTRL+Arrow to rotate. { - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "dbox (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\ndcen (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nd (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nnav %c, quadrant %c", dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "WENS"[g.NavMoveDir], "WENS"[quadrant]); - ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); - draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,100)); - draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,200)); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4, 4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4, 4), IM_COL32(40,0,0,150)); - draw_list->AddText(cand.Max, ~0U, buf); - } - else if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold to preview score in matching quadrant. Press C to rotate. - { - if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir) + if (quadrant == move_dir) { ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center); ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 80)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Min + CalcTextSize(buf), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200)); draw_list->AddText(cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); } } + const bool debug_hovering = IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max); + const bool debug_tty = (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_Space)); + if (debug_hovering || debug_tty) + { + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), + "d-box (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nd-center (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nd-axial (%7.3f,%7.3f) -> %7.3f\nnav %c, quadrant %c", + dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "-WENS"[move_dir+1], "-WENS"[quadrant+1]); + if (debug_hovering) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); + draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 100)); + draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 200)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max - ImVec2(4, 4), cand.Max + CalcTextSize(buf) + ImVec2(4, 4), IM_COL32(40, 0, 0, 200)); + draw_list->AddText(cand.Max, ~0U, buf); + } + if (debug_tty) { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("id 0x%08X\n%s\n", g.LastItemData.ID, buf); } + } #endif // Is it in the quadrant we're interested in moving to? bool new_best = false; - const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir; if (quadrant == move_dir) { // Does it beat the current best candidate? @@ -11482,6 +11672,15 @@ static void ImGui::NavApplyItemToResult(ImGuiNavItemData* result) result->RectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, g.LastItemData.NavRect); } +// True when current work location may be scrolled horizontally when moving left / right. +// This is generally always true UNLESS within a column. We don't have a vertical equivalent. +void ImGui::NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = (g.CurrentTable == NULL && window->DC.CurrentColumns == NULL); +} + // We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above) // This is called after LastItemData is set. static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() @@ -11489,18 +11688,24 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; const ImGuiID id = g.LastItemData.ID; - const ImRect nav_bb = g.LastItemData.NavRect; const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; + // When inside a container that isn't scrollable with Left<>Right, clip NavRect accordingly (#2221) + if (window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX == false) + { + g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min.x = ImClamp(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x); + g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max.x = ImClamp(g.LastItemData.NavRect.Max.x, window->ClipRect.Min.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x); + } + const ImRect nav_bb = g.LastItemData.NavRect; + // Process Init Request if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0) { // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback const bool candidate_for_nav_default_focus = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) == 0; - if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus || g.NavInitResultId == 0) + if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus || g.NavInitResult.ID == 0) { - g.NavInitResultId = id; - g.NavInitResultRectRel = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); + NavApplyItemToResult(&g.NavInitResult); } if (candidate_for_nav_default_focus) { @@ -11513,7 +11718,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRect + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy) if (g.NavMoveScoringItems && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) == 0) { - const bool is_tabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) != 0; + const bool is_tabbing = (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) != 0; if (is_tabbing) { NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest(id, item_flags, g.NavMoveFlags); @@ -11533,7 +11738,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() } } - // Update window-relative bounding box of navigated item + // Update information for currently focused/navigated item if (g.NavId == id) { if (g.NavWindow != window) @@ -11541,7 +11746,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavProcessItem() g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; g.NavFocusScopeId = g.CurrentFocusScopeId; g.NavIdIsAlive = true; - window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); // Store item bounding box (relative to window position) + window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = WindowRectAbsToRel(window, nav_bb); // Store item bounding box (relative to window position) } } @@ -11619,7 +11824,7 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavM ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) move_flags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId; g.NavMoveSubmitted = g.NavMoveScoringItems = true; @@ -11646,6 +11851,19 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result) NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); } +// Called by TreePop() to implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* tree_node_data) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavMoveScoringItems = false; + g.LastItemData.ID = tree_node_data->ID; + g.LastItemData.InFlags = tree_node_data->InFlags; + g.LastItemData.NavRect = tree_node_data->NavRect; + NavApplyItemToResult(result); // Result this instead of implementing a NavApplyPastTreeNodeToResult() + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +} + void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -11671,10 +11889,12 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNav void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags wrap_flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(wrap_flags != 0); // Call with _WrapX, _WrapY, _LoopX, _LoopY - // In theory we should test for NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() but there's no point doing it, NavEndFrame() will do the same test + IM_ASSERT((wrap_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_ ) != 0 && (wrap_flags & ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) == 0); // Call with _WrapX, _WrapY, _LoopX, _LoopY + + // In theory we should test for NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() but there's no point doing it: + // as NavEndFrame() will do the same test. It will end up calling NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest(). if (g.NavWindow == window && g.NavMoveScoringItems && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main) - g.NavMoveFlags |= wrap_flags; + g.NavMoveFlags = (g.NavMoveFlags & ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) | wrap_flags; } // FIXME: This could be replaced by updating a frame number in each window when (window == NavWindow) and (NavLayer == 0). @@ -11760,8 +11980,7 @@ void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer, window->NavRootFocusScopeId, ImRect()); g.NavInitRequest = true; g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; - g.NavInitResultId = 0; - g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect(); + g.NavInitResult.ID = 0; NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); } else @@ -11846,12 +12065,12 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard; // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus) - if (g.NavInitResultId != 0) + g.NavJustMovedToId = 0; + if (g.NavInitResult.ID != 0) NavInitRequestApplyResult(); g.NavInitRequest = false; g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; - g.NavInitResultId = 0; - g.NavJustMovedToId = 0; + g.NavInitResult.ID = 0; // Process navigation move request if (g.NavMoveSubmitted) @@ -11935,7 +12154,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; const float scroll_speed = IM_ROUND(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * io.DeltaTime); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported. const ImGuiDir move_dir = g.NavMoveDir; - if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll && move_dir != ImGuiDir_None) + if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY && move_dir != ImGuiDir_None) { if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) SetScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); @@ -11975,11 +12194,11 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdate() // [DEBUG] g.NavScoringDebugCount = 0; #if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS - if (g.NavWindow) + if (ImGuiWindow* debug_window = g.NavWindow) { - ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(g.NavWindow); - if (1) { for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++) { ImRect r = WindowRectRelToAbs(g.NavWindow, g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer]); draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); } } // [DEBUG] - if (1) { ImU32 col = (!g.NavWindow->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); } + ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(debug_window); + int layer = g.NavLayer; /* for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++)*/ { ImRect r = WindowRectRelToAbs(debug_window, debug_window->NavRectRel[layer]); draw_list->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); } + //if (1) { ImU32 col = (!debug_window->Hidden) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); draw_list->AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); draw_list->AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); } } #endif } @@ -11991,15 +12210,48 @@ void ImGui::NavInitRequestApplyResult() if (!g.NavWindow) return; + ImGuiNavItemData* result = &g.NavInitResult; + if (g.NavId != result->ID) + { + g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID; + g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId; + g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = 0; + } + // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called) // FIXME-NAV: On _NavFlattened windows, g.NavWindow will only be updated during subsequent frame. Not a problem currently. - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: ApplyResult: NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); - SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, 0, g.NavInitResultRectRel); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: ApplyResult: NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); + SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel); g.NavIdIsAlive = true; // Mark as alive from previous frame as we got a result if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove) NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); } +// Bias scoring rect ahead of scoring + update preferred pos (if missing) using source position +static void NavBiasScoringRect(ImRect& r, ImVec2& preferred_pos_rel, ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) +{ + // Bias initial rect + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImVec2 rel_to_abs_offset = g.NavWindow->DC.CursorStartPos; + + // Initialize bias on departure if we don't have any. So mouse-click + arrow will record bias. + // - We default to L/U bias, so moving down from a large source item into several columns will land on left-most column. + // - But each successful move sets new bias on one axis, only cleared when using mouse. + if ((move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0) + { + if (preferred_pos_rel.x == FLT_MAX) + preferred_pos_rel.x = ImMin(r.Min.x + 1.0f, r.Max.x) - rel_to_abs_offset.x; + if (preferred_pos_rel.y == FLT_MAX) + preferred_pos_rel.y = r.GetCenter().y - rel_to_abs_offset.y; + } + + // Apply general bias on the other axis + if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Up || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Down) && preferred_pos_rel.x != FLT_MAX) + r.Min.x = r.Max.x = preferred_pos_rel.x + rel_to_abs_offset.x; + else if ((move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) && preferred_pos_rel.y != FLT_MAX) + r.Min.y = r.Max.y = preferred_pos_rel.y + rel_to_abs_offset.y; +} + void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -12045,13 +12297,15 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() g.NavScoringNoClipRect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y); } - // [DEBUG] Always send a request + // [DEBUG] Always send a request when holding CTRL. Hold CTRL + Arrow change the direction. #if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING - if (io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) - g.NavMoveDirForDebug = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirForDebug + 1) & 3); - if (io.KeyCtrl && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None) + //if (io.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_C)) + // g.NavMoveDirForDebug = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirForDebug + 1) & 3); + if (io.KeyCtrl) { - g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirForDebug; + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None) + g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirForDebug; + g.NavMoveClipDir = g.NavMoveDir; g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult; } #endif @@ -12066,7 +12320,7 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() { IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavInitRequest: from move, window \"%s\", layer=%d\n", window ? window->Name : "", g.NavLayer); g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true; - g.NavInitResultId = 0; + g.NavInitResult.ID = 0; g.NavDisableHighlight = false; } @@ -12104,9 +12358,9 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest() ImRect nav_rect_rel = !window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted() ? window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0, 0, 0, 0); scoring_rect = WindowRectRelToAbs(window, nav_rect_rel); scoring_rect.TranslateY(scoring_rect_offset_y); - scoring_rect.Min.x = ImMin(scoring_rect.Min.x + 1.0f, scoring_rect.Max.x); - scoring_rect.Max.x = scoring_rect.Min.x; - IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allow us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). + if (g.NavMoveSubmitted) + NavBiasScoringRect(scoring_rect, window->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer], g.NavMoveDir, g.NavMoveFlags); + IM_ASSERT(!scoring_rect.IsInverted()); // Ensure we have a non-inverted bounding box here will allow us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(scoring_rect.Min, scoring_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG] //if (!g.NavScoringNoClipRect.IsInverted()) { GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Min, g.NavScoringNoClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 200, 0, 255)); } // [DEBUG] } @@ -12135,9 +12389,10 @@ void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateTabbingRequest() g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.NavDisableHighlight == true && g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1; else g.NavTabbingDir = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : (g.ActiveId == 0) ? 0 : +1; + ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate; ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags = window->Appearing ? ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_AlwaysCenterY : ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeX | ImGuiScrollFlags_KeepVisibleEdgeY; ImGuiDir clip_dir = (g.NavTabbingDir < 0) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down; - NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. + NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir_None, clip_dir, move_flags, scroll_flags); // FIXME-NAV: Once we refactor tabbing, add LegacyApi flag to not activate non-inputable. g.NavTabbingCounter = -1; } @@ -12154,17 +12409,20 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult() ImGuiNavItemData* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : (g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultOther : NULL; // Tabbing forward wrap - if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && result == NULL) + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && result == NULL) if ((g.NavTabbingCounter == 1 || g.NavTabbingDir == 0) && g.NavTabbingResultFirst.ID) result = &g.NavTabbingResultFirst; // In a situation when there are no results but NavId != 0, re-enable the Navigation highlight (because g.NavId is not considered as a possible result) + const ImGuiAxis axis = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; if (result == NULL) { - if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) - g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight; - if (g.NavId != 0 && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight) == 0) + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) + g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight; + if (g.NavId != 0 && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight) == 0) NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(axis); // On a failed move, clear preferred pos for this axis. + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveSubmitted but not led to a result!\n"); return; } @@ -12200,35 +12458,45 @@ void ImGui::NavMoveRequestApplyResult() } if (g.ActiveId != result->ID) ClearActiveID(); - if (g.NavId != result->ID) + + // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId) + // PageUp/PageDown however sets always set NavJustMovedTo (vs Home/End which doesn't) mimicking Windows behavior. + if ((g.NavId != result->ID || (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove)) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect) == 0) { - // Don't set NavJustMovedToId if just landed on the same spot (which may happen with ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId) g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID; g.NavJustMovedToFocusScopeId = result->FocusScopeId; g.NavJustMovedToKeyMods = g.NavMoveKeyMods; } - // Focus + // Apply new NavID/Focus IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_NAV("[nav] NavMoveRequest: result NavID 0x%08X in Layer %d Window \"%s\"\n", result->ID, g.NavLayer, g.NavWindow->Name); + ImVec2 preferred_scoring_pos_rel = g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer]; SetNavID(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->FocusScopeId, result->RectRel); - // Tabbing: Activates Inputable or Focus non-Inputable - if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing) && (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable)) + // Restore last preferred position for current axis + // (storing in RootWindowForNav-> as the info is desirable at the beginning of a Move Request. In theory all storage should use RootWindowForNav..) + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) == 0) { - g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID; - g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState; - g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight; + preferred_scoring_pos_rel[axis] = result->RectRel.GetCenter()[axis]; + g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav->NavPreferredScoringPosRel[g.NavLayer] = preferred_scoring_pos_rel; } + // Tabbing: Activates Inputable, otherwise only Focus + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) && (result->InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable) == 0) + g.NavMoveFlags &= ~ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate; + // Activate if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate) { g.NavNextActivateId = result->ID; g.NavNextActivateFlags = ImGuiActivateFlags_None; + g.NavMoveFlags |= ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight; + if (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing) + g.NavNextActivateFlags |= ImGuiActivateFlags_PreferInput | ImGuiActivateFlags_TryToPreserveState; } // Enable nav highlight - if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight) == 0) + if ((g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight) == 0) NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); } @@ -12301,7 +12569,7 @@ static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() if (g.NavLayer != ImGuiNavLayer_Main) NavRestoreLayer(ImGuiNavLayer_Main); - if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll) + if (window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavWindowHasScrollY) { // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageUp, ImGuiKeyOwner_None, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) @@ -12323,14 +12591,14 @@ static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown() nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y; g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset up, we request the down direction (so we can always land on the last item) g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up; - g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove; } else if (IsKeyPressed(ImGuiKey_PageDown, true)) { nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y; g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset down, we request the up direction (so we can always land on the last item) g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down; - g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; + g.NavMoveFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove; } else if (home_pressed) { @@ -12369,8 +12637,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavEndFrame() // Perform wrap-around in menus // FIXME-NAV: Wrap may need to apply a weight bias on the other axis. e.g. 4x4 grid with 2 last items missing on last item won't handle LoopY/WrapY correctly. // FIXME-NAV: Wrap (not Loop) support could be handled by the scoring function and then WrapX would function without an extra frame. - const ImGuiNavMoveFlags wanted_flags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY; - if (g.NavWindow && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveFlags & wanted_flags) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0) + if (g.NavWindow && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_) && (g.NavMoveFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded) == 0) NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest(); } @@ -12382,7 +12649,9 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest() bool do_forward = false; ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir; + const ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags = g.NavMoveFlags; + //const ImGuiAxis move_axis = (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) { bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = window->ContentSize.x + window->WindowPadding.x; @@ -12426,6 +12695,8 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateCreateWrappingRequest() if (!do_forward) return; window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel; + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X); + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_Y); NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, move_flags, g.NavMoveScrollFlags); } @@ -12479,7 +12750,7 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() bool apply_toggle_layer = false; ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetTopMostPopupModal(); - bool allow_windowing = (modal_window == NULL); + bool allow_windowing = (modal_window == NULL); // FIXME: This prevent CTRL+TAB from being usable with windows that are inside the Begin-stack of that modal. if (!allow_windowing) g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; @@ -12611,9 +12882,9 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() ImGuiViewport* previous_viewport = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Viewport : NULL; ClearActiveID(); NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(); - apply_focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(apply_focus_window); ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window, false); - FocusWindow(apply_focus_window); + FocusWindow(apply_focus_window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); + apply_focus_window = g.NavWindow; if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false); @@ -12791,7 +13062,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) // Rely on keeping other window->LastItemXXX fields intact. source_id = g.LastItemData.ID = window->GetIDFromRectangle(g.LastItemData.Rect); KeepAliveID(source_id); - bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(g.LastItemData.Rect, source_id); + bool is_hovered = ItemHoverable(g.LastItemData.Rect, source_id, g.LastItemData.InFlags); if (is_hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[mouse_button]) { SetActiveID(source_id, window); @@ -13365,9 +13636,9 @@ ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHashStr(type_name); - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].TypeHash == type_hash) - return &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + if (handler.TypeHash == type_hash) + return &handler; return NULL; } @@ -13376,9 +13647,9 @@ void ImGui::ClearIniSettings() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.SettingsIniData.clear(); - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn) - g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ClearAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + if (handler.ClearAllFn != NULL) + handler.ClearAllFn(&g, &handler); } void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename) @@ -13393,6 +13664,7 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename) } // Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing +// Set ini_size==0 to let us use strlen(ini_data). Do not call this function with a 0 if your buffer is actually empty! void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -13412,9 +13684,9 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) // Call pre-read handlers // Some types will clear their data (e.g. dock information) some types will allow merge/override (window) - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn) - g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ReadInitFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + if (handler.ReadInitFn != NULL) + handler.ReadInitFn(&g, &handler); void* entry_data = NULL; ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL; @@ -13458,9 +13730,9 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size); // Call post-read handlers - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn) - g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].ApplyAllFn(&g, &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]); + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + if (handler.ApplyAllFn != NULL) + handler.ApplyAllFn(&g, &handler); } void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename) @@ -13486,11 +13758,8 @@ const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size) g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(0); g.SettingsIniData.Buf.push_back(0); - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - { - ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; - handler->WriteAllFn(&g, handler, &g.SettingsIniData); - } + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + handler.WriteAllFn(&g, &handler, &g.SettingsIniData); if (out_size) *out_size = (size_t)g.SettingsIniData.size(); return g.SettingsIniData.c_str(); @@ -13500,12 +13769,13 @@ ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; -#if !IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS - // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID() - // Preserve the full string when IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS is set to make .ini inspection easier. - if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###")) - name = p; -#endif + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIniSettings == false) + { + // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID() + // Preserve the full string when ConfigDebugVerboseIniSettings is set to make .ini inspection easier. + if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###")) + name = p; + } const size_t name_len = strlen(name); // Allocate chunk @@ -13558,8 +13828,8 @@ void ImGui::ClearWindowSettings(const char* name) static void WindowSettingsHandler_ClearAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler*) { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) - g.Windows[i]->SettingsOffset = -1; + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) + window->SettingsOffset = -1; g.SettingsWindows.clear(); } @@ -13610,9 +13880,8 @@ static void WindowSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandl // Gather data from windows that were active during this session // (if a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings) ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) continue; @@ -13718,18 +13987,18 @@ ImGuiViewport* ImGui::GetMainViewport() ImGuiViewport* ImGui::FindViewportByID(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) - if (g.Viewports[n]->ID == id) - return g.Viewports[n]; + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + if (viewport->ID == id) + return viewport; return NULL; } ImGuiViewport* ImGui::FindViewportByPlatformHandle(void* platform_handle) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int i = 0; i != g.Viewports.Size; i++) - if (g.Viewports[i]->PlatformHandle == platform_handle) - return g.Viewports[i]; + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + if (viewport->PlatformHandle == platform_handle) + return viewport; return NULL; } @@ -13791,9 +14060,8 @@ static bool ImGui::UpdateTryMergeWindowIntoHostViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImG return false; // FIXME: Can't use g.WindowsFocusOrder[] for root windows only as we care about Z order. If we maintained a DisplayOrder along with FocusOrder we could.. - for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window_behind : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window_behind = g.Windows[n]; if (window_behind == window) break; if (window_behind->WasActive && window_behind->ViewportOwned && !(window_behind->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) @@ -13835,9 +14103,9 @@ void ImGui::TranslateWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, const ImVec2& o const bool translate_all_windows = (g.ConfigFlagsCurrFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) != (g.ConfigFlagsLastFrame & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable); ImRect test_still_fit_rect(old_pos, old_pos + viewport->Size); ImVec2 delta_pos = new_pos - old_pos; - for (int window_n = 0; window_n < g.Windows.Size; window_n++) // FIXME-OPT - if (translate_all_windows || (g.Windows[window_n]->Viewport == viewport && test_still_fit_rect.Contains(g.Windows[window_n]->Rect()))) - TranslateWindow(g.Windows[window_n], delta_pos); + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) // FIXME-OPT + if (translate_all_windows || (window->Viewport == viewport && test_still_fit_rect.Contains(window->Rect()))) + TranslateWindow(window, delta_pos); } // Scale all windows (position, size). Use when e.g. changing DPI. (This is a lossy operation!) @@ -13850,9 +14118,9 @@ void ImGui::ScaleWindowsInViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport, float scale) } else { - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) - if (g.Windows[i]->Viewport == viewport) - ScaleWindow(g.Windows[i], scale); + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) + if (window->Viewport == viewport) + ScaleWindow(window, scale); } } @@ -13863,13 +14131,10 @@ ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::FindHoveredViewportFromPlatformWindowStack(const ImVec2& { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiViewportP* best_candidate = NULL; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) - { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) if (!(viewport->Flags & (ImGuiViewportFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized)) && viewport->GetMainRect().Contains(mouse_platform_pos)) if (best_candidate == NULL || best_candidate->LastFocusedStampCount < viewport->LastFocusedStampCount) best_candidate = viewport; - } return best_candidate; } @@ -13886,9 +14151,8 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() if (viewports_enabled) { ImGuiViewportP* focused_viewport = NULL; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; const bool platform_funcs_available = viewport->PlatformWindowCreated; if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_GetWindowMinimized && platform_funcs_available) { @@ -13916,6 +14180,10 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() // Focused viewport has changed? if (focused_viewport && g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId != focused_viewport->ID) { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Focused viewport changed %08X -> %08X, attempting to apply our focus.\n", g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId, focused_viewport->ID); + const ImGuiViewport* prev_focused_viewport = FindViewportByID(g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId); + const bool prev_focused_has_been_destroyed = (prev_focused_viewport == NULL) || (prev_focused_viewport->PlatformWindowCreated == false); + // Store a tag so we can infer z-order easily from all our windows // We compare PlatformLastFocusedViewportId so newly created viewports with _NoFocusOnAppearing flag // will keep the front most stamp instead of losing it back to their parent viewport. @@ -13923,17 +14191,21 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateViewportsNewFrame() focused_viewport->LastFocusedStampCount = ++g.ViewportFocusedStampCount; g.PlatformLastFocusedViewportId = focused_viewport->ID; - // Focus associated dear imgui window if focus didn't happen with a click within imgui boundaries (#6299) - // e.g. Clicking platform title bar. + // Focus associated dear imgui window + // - if focus didn't happen with a click within imgui boundaries, e.g. Clicking platform title bar. (#6299) + // - if focus didn't happen because we destroyed another window (#6462) // FIXME: perhaps 'FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne()' can handle the 'focused_window->Window != NULL' case as well. - if (!IsAnyMouseDown()) + const bool apply_imgui_focus_on_focused_viewport = !IsAnyMouseDown() && !prev_focused_has_been_destroyed; + if (apply_imgui_focus_on_focused_viewport) { + focused_viewport->LastFocusedHadNavWindow |= (g.NavWindow != NULL) && (g.NavWindow->Viewport == focused_viewport); // Update so a window changing viewport won't lose focus. + ImGuiFocusRequestFlags focus_request_flags = ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal | ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild; if (focused_viewport->Window != NULL) - FocusWindow(NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(focused_viewport->Window)); + FocusWindow(focused_viewport->Window, focus_request_flags); else if (focused_viewport->LastFocusedHadNavWindow) - FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL, focused_viewport); + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(NULL, NULL, focused_viewport, focus_request_flags); // Focus top most in viewport else - FocusWindow(NULL); + FocusWindow(NULL, focus_request_flags); // No window had focus last time viewport was focused } } if (focused_viewport) @@ -14149,6 +14421,7 @@ ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::AddUpdateViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const viewport->Flags = flags; UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(viewport); g.Viewports.push_back(viewport); + g.ViewportCreatedCount++; IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Add Viewport %08X '%s'\n", id, window ? window->Name : ""); // We normally setup for all viewports in NewFrame() but here need to handle the mid-frame creation of a new viewport. @@ -14179,9 +14452,8 @@ static void ImGui::DestroyViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) { // Clear references to this viewport in windows (window->ViewportId becomes the master data) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int window_n = 0; window_n < g.Windows.Size; window_n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[window_n]; if (window->Viewport != viewport) continue; window->Viewport = NULL; @@ -14243,6 +14515,11 @@ static void ImGui::WindowSelectViewport(ImGuiWindow* window) // Code explicitly request a viewport window->Viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)FindViewportByID(g.NextWindowData.ViewportId); window->ViewportId = g.NextWindowData.ViewportId; // Store ID even if Viewport isn't resolved yet. + if (window->Viewport && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_DockNodeHost) != 0 && window->Viewport->Window != NULL) + { + window->Viewport->Window = window; + window->Viewport->ID = window->ViewportId = window->ID; // Overwrite ID (always owned by node) + } lock_viewport = true; } else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) @@ -14461,6 +14738,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdatePlatformWindows() g.PlatformIO.Platform_CreateWindow(viewport); if (g.PlatformIO.Renderer_CreateWindow != NULL) g.PlatformIO.Renderer_CreateWindow(viewport); + g.PlatformWindowsCreatedCount++; viewport->LastNameHash = 0; viewport->LastPlatformPos = viewport->LastPlatformSize = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); // By clearing those we'll enforce a call to Platform_SetWindowPos/Size below, before Platform_ShowWindow (FIXME: Is that necessary?) viewport->LastRendererSize = viewport->Size; // We don't need to call Renderer_SetWindowSize() as it is expected Renderer_CreateWindow() already did it. @@ -14624,6 +14902,7 @@ void ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindow(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (viewport->PlatformWindowCreated) { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Destroy Platform Window %08X '%s'\n", viewport->ID, viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "n/a"); if (g.PlatformIO.Renderer_DestroyWindow) g.PlatformIO.Renderer_DestroyWindow(viewport); if (g.PlatformIO.Platform_DestroyWindow) @@ -14652,8 +14931,8 @@ void ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows() // It is expected that the backend can handle calls to Renderer_DestroyWindow/Platform_DestroyWindow without // crashing if it doesn't have data stored. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++) - DestroyPlatformWindow(g.Viewports[i]); + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + DestroyPlatformWindow(viewport); } @@ -14964,13 +15243,12 @@ void ImGui::DockContextNewFrameUpdateUndocking(ImGuiContext* ctx) } // Process Undocking requests (we need to process them _before_ the UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame call in NewFrame) - for (int n = 0; n < dc->Requests.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiDockRequest& req : dc->Requests) { - ImGuiDockRequest* req = &dc->Requests[n]; - if (req->Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock && req->UndockTargetWindow) - DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, req->UndockTargetWindow); - else if (req->Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock && req->UndockTargetNode) - DockContextProcessUndockNode(ctx, req->UndockTargetNode); + if (req.Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock && req.UndockTargetWindow) + DockContextProcessUndockWindow(ctx, req.UndockTargetWindow); + else if (req.Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Undock && req.UndockTargetNode) + DockContextProcessUndockNode(ctx, req.UndockTargetNode); } } @@ -14995,9 +15273,9 @@ void ImGui::DockContextNewFrameUpdateDocking(ImGuiContext* ctx) } // Process Docking requests - for (int n = 0; n < dc->Requests.Size; n++) - if (dc->Requests[n].Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Dock) - DockContextProcessDock(ctx, &dc->Requests[n]); + for (ImGuiDockRequest& req : dc->Requests) + if (req.Type == ImGuiDockRequestType_Dock) + DockContextProcessDock(ctx, &req); dc->Requests.resize(0); // Create windows for each automatic docking nodes @@ -15018,7 +15296,7 @@ void ImGui::DockContextEndFrame(ImGuiContext* ctx) if (node->LastFrameActive == g.FrameCount && node->IsVisible && node->HostWindow && node->IsLeafNode() && !node->IsBgDrawnThisFrame) { ImRect bg_rect(node->Pos + ImVec2(0.0f, GetFrameHeight()), node->Pos + node->Size); - ImDrawFlags bg_rounding_flags = CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(bg_rect, node->HostWindow->Rect(), DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE); + ImDrawFlags bg_rounding_flags = CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(bg_rect, node->HostWindow->Rect(), g.Style.DockingSeparatorSize); node->HostWindow->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(DOCKING_HOST_DRAW_CHANNEL_BG); node->HostWindow->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bg_rect.Min, bg_rect.Max, node->LastBgColor, node->HostWindow->WindowRounding, bg_rounding_flags); } @@ -15201,9 +15479,8 @@ void ImGui::DockContextBuildAddWindowsToNodes(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiID root_id { // Rebind all windows to nodes (they can also lazily rebind but we'll have a visible glitch during the first frame) ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; if (window->DockId == 0 || window->LastFrameActive < g.FrameCount - 1) continue; if (window->DockNode != NULL) @@ -15262,9 +15539,9 @@ void ImGui::DockContextQueueUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node) void ImGui::DockContextQueueNotifyRemovedNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node) { ImGuiDockContext* dc = &ctx->DockContext; - for (int n = 0; n < dc->Requests.Size; n++) - if (dc->Requests[n].DockTargetNode == node) - dc->Requests[n].Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_None; + for (ImGuiDockRequest& req : dc->Requests) + if (req.DockTargetNode == node) + req.Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_None; } void ImGui::DockContextProcessDock(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockRequest* req) @@ -15472,9 +15749,8 @@ void ImGui::DockContextProcessUndockNode(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* node) node->ParentNode->AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Window; // The node that stays in place keeps the viewport, so our newly dragged out node will create a new viewport node->ParentNode = NULL; } - for (int n = 0; n < node->Windows.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : node->Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[n]; window->Flags &= ~ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; if (window->ParentWindow) window->ParentWindow->DC.ChildWindows.find_erase(window); @@ -15551,6 +15827,7 @@ ImGuiDockNode::ImGuiDockNode(ImGuiID id) LastFocusedNodeId = 0; SelectedTabId = 0; WantCloseTabId = 0; + RefViewportId = 0; AuthorityForPos = AuthorityForSize = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode; AuthorityForViewport = ImGuiDataAuthority_Auto; IsVisible = true; @@ -15657,6 +15934,16 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeRemoveWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window window->ParentWindow->DC.ChildWindows.find_erase(window); UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, window->Flags, NULL); // Update immediately + if (node->HostWindow && node->HostWindow->ViewportOwned) + { + // When undocking from a user interaction this will always run in NewFrame() and have not much effect. + // But mid-frame, if we clear viewport we need to mark window as hidden as well. + window->Viewport = NULL; + window->ViewportId = 0; + window->ViewportOwned = false; + window->Hidden = true; + } + // Remove window bool erased = false; for (int n = 0; n < node->Windows.Size; n++) @@ -15691,14 +15978,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeRemoveWindow(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* window if (node->Windows.Size == 1 && !node->IsCentralNode() && node->HostWindow) { ImGuiWindow* remaining_window = node->Windows[0]; - if (node->HostWindow->ViewportOwned && node->IsRootNode()) - { - // Transfer viewport back to the remaining loose window - IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Node %08X transfer Viewport %08X=>%08X for Window '%s'\n", node->ID, node->HostWindow->Viewport->ID, remaining_window->ID, remaining_window->Name); - IM_ASSERT(node->HostWindow->Viewport->Window == node->HostWindow); - node->HostWindow->Viewport->Window = remaining_window; - node->HostWindow->Viewport->ID = remaining_window->ID; - } + // Note: we used to transport viewport ownership here. remaining_window->Collapsed = node->HostWindow->Collapsed; } @@ -15755,10 +16035,10 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeMoveWindows(ImGuiDockNode* dst_node, ImGuiDockNode* s static void ImGui::DockNodeApplyPosSizeToWindows(ImGuiDockNode* node) { - for (int n = 0; n < node->Windows.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : node->Windows) { - SetWindowPos(node->Windows[n], node->Pos, ImGuiCond_Always); // We don't assign directly to Pos because it can break the calculation of SizeContents on next frame - SetWindowSize(node->Windows[n], node->Size, ImGuiCond_Always); + SetWindowPos(window, node->Pos, ImGuiCond_Always); // We don't assign directly to Pos because it can break the calculation of SizeContents on next frame + SetWindowSize(window, node->Size, ImGuiCond_Always); } } @@ -15817,9 +16097,9 @@ static void DockNodeFindInfo(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiDockNodeTreeInfo* info) static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::DockNodeFindWindowByID(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiID id) { IM_ASSERT(id != 0); - for (int n = 0; n < node->Windows.Size; n++) - if (node->Windows[n]->ID == id) - return node->Windows[n]; + for (ImGuiWindow* window : node->Windows) + if (window->ID == id) + return window; return NULL; } @@ -16029,14 +16309,17 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) FocusWindow(single_window); if (node->HostWindow) { + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_VIEWPORT("[viewport] Node %08X transfer Viewport %08X->%08X to Window '%s'\n", node->ID, node->HostWindow->Viewport->ID, single_window->ID, single_window->Name); single_window->Viewport = node->HostWindow->Viewport; single_window->ViewportId = node->HostWindow->ViewportId; if (node->HostWindow->ViewportOwned) { + single_window->Viewport->ID = single_window->ID; single_window->Viewport->Window = single_window; single_window->ViewportOwned = true; } } + node->RefViewportId = single_window->ViewportId; } DockNodeHideHostWindow(node); @@ -16081,10 +16364,9 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) // Decide if the node will have a close button and a window menu button node->HasWindowMenuButton = (node->Windows.Size > 0) && (node_flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_NoWindowMenuButton) == 0; node->HasCloseButton = false; - for (int window_n = 0; window_n < node->Windows.Size; window_n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : node->Windows) { // FIXME-DOCK: Setting DockIsActive here means that for single active window in a leaf node, DockIsActive will be cleared until the next Begin() call. - ImGuiWindow* window = node->Windows[window_n]; node->HasCloseButton |= window->HasCloseButton; window->DockIsActive = (node->Windows.Size > 1); } @@ -16126,6 +16408,8 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) // Sync Viewport if (node->AuthorityForViewport == ImGuiDataAuthority_Window && ref_window) SetNextWindowViewport(ref_window->ViewportId); + else if (node->AuthorityForViewport == ImGuiDataAuthority_Window && node->RefViewportId != 0) + SetNextWindowViewport(node->RefViewportId); SetNextWindowClass(&node->WindowClass); @@ -16168,6 +16452,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) if (node->WantMouseMove && node->HostWindow) DockNodeStartMouseMovingWindow(node, node->HostWindow); } + node->RefViewportId = 0; // Clear when we have a host window // Update focused node (the one whose title bar is highlight) within a node tree if (node->IsSplitNode()) @@ -16219,7 +16504,11 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) if (node->IsRootNode() && host_window) { DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(node, host_window->Pos, host_window->Size); + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Separator, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_Border]); + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive]); + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered]); DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(node); + PopStyleColor(3); } // Draw empty node background (currently can only be the Central Node) @@ -16481,7 +16770,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w if (is_focused) node->LastFrameFocused = g.FrameCount; ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(host_window->Collapsed ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed : is_focused ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg); - ImDrawFlags rounding_flags = CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(title_bar_rect, host_window->Rect(), DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE); + ImDrawFlags rounding_flags = CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(title_bar_rect, host_window->Rect(), g.Style.DockingSeparatorSize); host_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max, title_bar_col, host_window->WindowRounding, rounding_flags); // Docking/Collapse button @@ -16608,18 +16897,18 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdateTabBar(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImGuiWindow* host_w } // When clicking on the title bar outside of tabs, we still focus the selected tab for that node - // FIXME: TabItem use AllowItemOverlap so we manually perform a more specific test for now (hovered || held) + // FIXME: TabItems submitted earlier use AllowItemOverlap so we manually perform a more specific test for now (hovered || held) in order to not cover them. ImGuiID title_bar_id = host_window->GetID("#TITLEBAR"); if (g.HoveredId == 0 || g.HoveredId == title_bar_id || g.ActiveId == title_bar_id) { + // AllowItem mode required for appending into dock node tab bar, + // otherwise dragging window will steal HoveredId and amended tabs cannot get them. bool held; - ButtonBehavior(title_bar_rect, title_bar_id, NULL, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + KeepAliveID(title_bar_id); + ButtonBehavior(title_bar_rect, title_bar_id, NULL, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap); if (g.HoveredId == title_bar_id) { - // ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap + SetItemAllowOverlap() required for appending into dock node tab bar, - // otherwise dragging window will steal HoveredId and amended tabs cannot get them. g.LastItemData.ID = title_bar_id; - SetItemAllowOverlap(); } if (held) { @@ -16734,14 +17023,13 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(const ImGuiDockNode* node, ImRect* o r.Max.x -= style.WindowBorderSize; float button_sz = g.FontSize; - - ImVec2 window_menu_button_pos = r.Min; r.Min.x += style.FramePadding.x; r.Max.x -= style.FramePadding.x; + ImVec2 window_menu_button_pos = ImVec2(r.Min.x, r.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); if (node->HasCloseButton) { - r.Max.x -= button_sz; - if (out_close_button_pos) *out_close_button_pos = ImVec2(r.Max.x - style.FramePadding.x, r.Min.y); + if (out_close_button_pos) *out_close_button_pos = ImVec2(r.Max.x - button_sz, r.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + r.Max.x -= button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; } if (node->HasWindowMenuButton && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left) { @@ -16749,8 +17037,8 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeCalcTabBarLayout(const ImGuiDockNode* node, ImRect* o } else if (node->HasWindowMenuButton && style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right) { - r.Max.x -= button_sz + style.FramePadding.x; - window_menu_button_pos = ImVec2(r.Max.x, r.Min.y); + window_menu_button_pos = ImVec2(r.Max.x - button_sz, r.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y); + r.Max.x -= button_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; } if (out_tab_bar_rect) { *out_tab_bar_rect = r; } if (out_window_menu_button_pos) { *out_window_menu_button_pos = window_menu_button_pos; } @@ -16963,7 +17251,7 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodePreviewDockRender(ImGuiWindow* host_window, ImGuiDock overlay_rect.Min.y += GetFrameHeight(); if (data->SplitDir != ImGuiDir_None || data->IsCenterAvailable) for (int overlay_n = 0; overlay_n < overlay_draw_lists_count; overlay_n++) - overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->AddRectFilled(overlay_rect.Min, overlay_rect.Max, overlay_col_main, host_window->WindowRounding, CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(overlay_rect, host_window->Rect(), DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE)); + overlay_draw_lists[overlay_n]->AddRectFilled(overlay_rect.Min, overlay_rect.Max, overlay_col_main, host_window->WindowRounding, CalcRoundingFlagsForRectInRect(overlay_rect, host_window->Rect(), g.Style.DockingSeparatorSize)); } // Display tab shape/label preview unless we are splitting node (it generally makes the situation harder to read) @@ -17080,7 +17368,7 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeSplit(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiDockNode* parent_node, ImG parent_node->VisibleWindow = NULL; parent_node->AuthorityForPos = parent_node->AuthorityForSize = ImGuiDataAuthority_DockNode; - float size_avail = (parent_node->Size[split_axis] - DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE); + float size_avail = (parent_node->Size[split_axis] - g.Style.DockingSeparatorSize); size_avail = ImMax(size_avail, g.Style.WindowMinSize[split_axis] * 2.0f); IM_ASSERT(size_avail > 0.0f); // If you created a node manually with DockBuilderAddNode(), you need to also call DockBuilderSetNodeSize() before splitting. child_0->SizeRef = child_1->SizeRef = parent_node->Size; @@ -17161,6 +17449,7 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 si { // During the regular dock node update we write to all nodes. // 'only_write_to_single_node' is only set when turning a node visible mid-frame and we need its size right-away. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const bool write_to_node = only_write_to_single_node == NULL || only_write_to_single_node == node; if (write_to_node) { @@ -17183,8 +17472,7 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdatePosSize(ImGuiDockNode* node, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 si if (child_0_is_or_will_be_visible && child_1_is_or_will_be_visible) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const float spacing = DOCKING_SPLITTER_SIZE; + const float spacing = g.Style.DockingSeparatorSize; const ImGuiAxis axis = (ImGuiAxis)node->SplitAxis; const float size_avail = ImMax(size[axis] - spacing, 0.0f); @@ -17634,12 +17922,16 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockSpaceOverViewport(const ImGuiViewport* viewport, ImGuiDockNod void ImGui::DockBuilderDockWindow(const char* window_name, ImGuiID node_id) { // We don't preserve relative order of multiple docked windows (by clearing DockOrder back to -1) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_UNUSED(g); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockBuilderDockWindow '%s' to node 0x%08X\n", window_name, node_id); ImGuiID window_id = ImHashStr(window_name); if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByID(window_id)) { // Apply to created window + ImGuiID prev_node_id = window->DockId; SetWindowDock(window, node_id, ImGuiCond_Always); - window->DockOrder = -1; + if (window->DockId != prev_node_id) + window->DockOrder = -1; } else { @@ -17647,8 +17939,9 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderDockWindow(const char* window_name, ImGuiID node_id) ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = FindWindowSettingsByID(window_id); if (settings == NULL) settings = CreateNewWindowSettings(window_name); + if (settings->DockId != node_id) + settings->DockOrder = -1; settings->DockId = node_id; - settings->DockOrder = -1; } } @@ -17686,22 +17979,24 @@ void ImGui::DockBuilderSetNodeSize(ImGuiID node_id, ImVec2 size) // For various reason, the splitting code currently needs a base size otherwise space may not be allocated as precisely as you would expect. // - Use (id == 0) to let the system allocate a node identifier. // - Existing node with a same id will be removed. -ImGuiID ImGui::DockBuilderAddNode(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags) +ImGuiID ImGui::DockBuilderAddNode(ImGuiID node_id, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags) { ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; IM_UNUSED(g); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockBuilderAddNode 0x%08X flags=%08X\n", node_id, flags); - if (id != 0) - DockBuilderRemoveNode(id); + if (node_id != 0) + DockBuilderRemoveNode(node_id); ImGuiDockNode* node = NULL; if (flags & ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) { - DockSpace(id, ImVec2(0, 0), (flags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly); - node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, id); + DockSpace(node_id, ImVec2(0, 0), (flags & ~ImGuiDockNodeFlags_DockSpace) | ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly); + node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node_id); } else { - node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, id); + node = DockContextAddNode(ctx, node_id); node->SetLocalFlags(flags); } node->LastFrameAlive = ctx->FrameCount; // Set this otherwise BeginDocked will undock during the same frame. @@ -17711,6 +18006,9 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockBuilderAddNode(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDockNodeFlags flags) void ImGui::DockBuilderRemoveNode(ImGuiID node_id) { ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui; + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; IM_UNUSED(g); + IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_DOCKING("[docking] DockBuilderRemoveNode 0x%08X\n", node_id); + ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node_id); if (node == NULL) return; @@ -18171,7 +18469,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open) { if (node->State == ImGuiDockNodeState_HostWindowHiddenBecauseWindowsAreResizing) window->DockIsActive = true; - if (node->Windows.Size > 1) + if (node->Windows.Size > 1 && window->Appearing) // Only hide appearing window DockNodeHideWindowDuringHostWindowCreation(window); return; } @@ -18231,6 +18529,17 @@ void ImGui::BeginDockableDragDropSource(ImGuiWindow* window) IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow == window); IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window); + // 0: Hold SHIFT to disable docking, 1: Hold SHIFT to enable docking. + if (g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift != g.IO.KeyShift) + { + // When ConfigDockingWithShift is set, display a tooltip to increase UI affordance. + // We cannot set for HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow != NULL here, as it is only valid/useful when drag and drop is already active + // (because of the 'is_mouse_dragging_with_an_expected_destination' logic in UpdateViewportsNewFrame() function) + if (g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= 1.0f && g.ActiveId >= 1.0f) + SetTooltip("%s", LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_DockingHoldShiftToDock)); + return; + } + g.LastItemData.ID = window->MoveId; window = window->RootWindowDockTree; IM_ASSERT((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) == 0); @@ -18530,24 +18839,24 @@ static void ImGui::DockSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettings if (node_settings->SelectedTabId) buf->appendf(" Selected=0x%08X", node_settings->SelectedTabId); -#if IMGUI_DEBUG_INI_SETTINGS - // [DEBUG] Include comments in the .ini file to ease debugging - if (ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node_settings->ID)) - { - buf->appendf("%*s", ImMax(2, (line_start_pos + 92) - buf->size()), ""); // Align everything - if (node->IsDockSpace() && node->HostWindow && node->HostWindow->ParentWindow) - buf->appendf(" ; in '%s'", node->HostWindow->ParentWindow->Name); - // Iterate settings so we can give info about windows that didn't exist during the session. - int contains_window = 0; - for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) - if (settings->DockId == node_settings->ID) - { - if (contains_window++ == 0) - buf->appendf(" ; contains "); - buf->appendf("'%s' ", settings->GetName()); - } - } -#endif + // [DEBUG] Include comments in the .ini file to ease debugging (this makes saving slower!) + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugIniSettings) + if (ImGuiDockNode* node = DockContextFindNodeByID(ctx, node_settings->ID)) + { + buf->appendf("%*s", ImMax(2, (line_start_pos + 92) - buf->size()), ""); // Align everything + if (node->IsDockSpace() && node->HostWindow && node->HostWindow->ParentWindow) + buf->appendf(" ; in '%s'", node->HostWindow->ParentWindow->Name); + // Iterate settings so we can give info about windows that didn't exist during the session. + int contains_window = 0; + for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) + if (settings->DockId == node_settings->ID) + { + if (contains_window++ == 0) + buf->appendf(" ; contains "); + buf->appendf("'%s' ", settings->GetName()); + } + } + buf->appendf("\n"); } buf->appendf("\n"); @@ -18756,10 +19065,9 @@ void ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImGuiViewportP* ImVec2 scale = bb.GetSize() / viewport->Size; ImVec2 off = bb.Min - viewport->Pos * scale; float alpha_mul = (viewport->Flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized) ? 0.30f : 1.00f; - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul * 0.40f)); - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border, alpha_mul * 0.40f)); + for (ImGuiWindow* thumb_window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* thumb_window = g.Windows[i]; if (!thumb_window->WasActive || (thumb_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) continue; if (thumb_window->Viewport != viewport) @@ -18788,13 +19096,12 @@ static void RenderViewportsThumbnails() // We don't display full monitor bounds (we could, but it often looks awkward), instead we display just enough to cover all of our viewports. float SCALE = 1.0f / 8.0f; ImRect bb_full(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) - bb_full.Add(g.Viewports[n]->GetMainRect()); + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + bb_full.Add(viewport->GetMainRect()); ImVec2 p = window->DC.CursorPos; ImVec2 off = p - bb_full.Min * SCALE; - for (int n = 0; n < g.Viewports.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[n]; ImRect viewport_draw_bb(off + (viewport->Pos) * SCALE, off + (viewport->Pos + viewport->Size) * SCALE); ImGui::DebugRenderViewportThumbnail(window->DrawList, viewport, viewport_draw_bb); } @@ -18851,7 +19158,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list) draw_list->AddRectFilled(face_min, face_max, IM_COL32(252, 252, 252, 255), key_face_rounding); ImVec2 label_min = ImVec2(key_min.x + key_label_pos.x, key_min.y + key_label_pos.y); draw_list->AddText(label_min, IM_COL32(64, 64, 64, 255), key_data->Label); - if (ImGui::IsKeyDown(key_data->Key)) + if (IsKeyDown(key_data->Key)) draw_list->AddRectFilled(key_min, key_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 128), key_rounding); } draw_list->PopClipRect(); @@ -18861,7 +19168,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugRenderKeyboardPreview(ImDrawList* draw_list) void ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* str) { Text("Text: \"%s\"", str); - if (!BeginTable("list", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit)) + if (!BeginTable("##DebugTextEncoding", 4, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders | ImGuiTableFlags_RowBg | ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) return; TableSetupColumn("Offset"); TableSetupColumn("UTF-8"); @@ -18897,7 +19204,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugTextEncoding(const char* str) static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) { ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) && ImGui::BeginTooltip()) + if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) { ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f); ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc); @@ -18909,9 +19216,8 @@ static void MetricsHelpMarker(const char* desc) // [DEBUG] List fonts in a font atlas and display its texture void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { - for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) + for (ImFont* font : atlas->Fonts) { - ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i]; PushID(font); DebugNodeFont(font); PopID(); @@ -18992,7 +19298,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerRect) { return window->InnerRect; } else if (rect_type == WRT_InnerClipRect) { return window->InnerClipRect; } else if (rect_type == WRT_WorkRect) { return window->WorkRect; } - else if (rect_type == WRT_Content) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); } + else if (rect_type == WRT_Content) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSize); } else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentIdeal) { ImVec2 min = window->InnerRect.Min - window->Scroll + window->WindowPadding; return ImRect(min, min + window->ContentSizeIdeal); } else if (rect_type == WRT_ContentRegionRect) { return window->ContentRegionRect; } IM_ASSERT(0); @@ -19112,9 +19418,9 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) // Here we display windows in their submitted order/hierarchy, however note that the Begin stack doesn't constitute a Parent<>Child relationship! ImVector& temp_buffer = g.WindowsTempSortBuffer; temp_buffer.resize(0); - for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) - if (g.Windows[i]->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount) - temp_buffer.push_back(g.Windows[i]); + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) + if (window->LastFrameActive + 1 >= g.FrameCount) + temp_buffer.push_back(window); struct Func { static int IMGUI_CDECL WindowComparerByBeginOrder(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { return ((int)(*(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext - (*(const ImGuiWindow* const*)rhs)->BeginOrderWithinContext); } }; ImQsort(temp_buffer.Data, (size_t)temp_buffer.Size, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), Func::WindowComparerByBeginOrder); DebugNodeWindowsListByBeginStackParent(temp_buffer.Data, temp_buffer.Size, NULL); @@ -19126,24 +19432,22 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) // DrawLists int drawlist_count = 0; - for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++) - drawlist_count += g.Viewports[viewport_i]->DrawDataBuilder.GetDrawListCount(); + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + drawlist_count += viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists.Size; if (TreeNode("DrawLists", "DrawLists (%d)", drawlist_count)) { Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd mesh when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdMesh); Checkbox("Show ImDrawCmd bounding boxes when hovering", &cfg->ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes); - for (int viewport_i = 0; viewport_i < g.Viewports.Size; viewport_i++) + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) { - ImGuiViewportP* viewport = g.Viewports[viewport_i]; bool viewport_has_drawlist = false; - for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++) - for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++) - { - if (!viewport_has_drawlist) - Text("Active DrawLists in Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X", viewport->Idx, viewport->ID); - viewport_has_drawlist = true; - DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList"); - } + for (ImDrawList* draw_list : viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists) + { + if (!viewport_has_drawlist) + Text("Active DrawLists in Viewport #%d, ID: 0x%08X", viewport->Idx, viewport->ID); + viewport_has_drawlist = true; + DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, draw_list, "DrawList"); + } } TreePop(); } @@ -19186,22 +19490,21 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) viewport->Window ? viewport->Window->Name : "N/A"); TreePop(); } - for (int i = 0; i < g.Viewports.Size; i++) - DebugNodeViewport(g.Viewports[i]); + for (ImGuiViewportP* viewport : g.Viewports) + DebugNodeViewport(viewport); TreePop(); } // Details for Popups if (TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size)) { - for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++) + for (const ImGuiPopupData& popup_data : g.OpenPopupStack) { // As it's difficult to interact with tree nodes while popups are open, we display everything inline. - const ImGuiPopupData* popup_data = &g.OpenPopupStack[i]; - ImGuiWindow* window = popup_data->Window; + ImGuiWindow* window = popup_data.Window; BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s' (%s%s), BackupNavWindow '%s', ParentWindow '%s'", - popup_data->PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child;" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "Menu;" : "", - popup_data->BackupNavWindow ? popup_data->BackupNavWindow->Name : "NULL", window && window->ParentWindow ? window->ParentWindow->Name : "NULL"); + popup_data.PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child;" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "Menu;" : "", + popup_data.BackupNavWindow ? popup_data.BackupNavWindow->Name : "NULL", window && window->ParentWindow ? window->ParentWindow->Name : "NULL"); } TreePop(); } @@ -19278,11 +19581,12 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("\"%s\"", g.IO.IniFilename); else TextUnformatted(""); + Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIniSettings", &io.ConfigDebugIniSettings); Text("SettingsDirtyTimer %.2f", g.SettingsDirtyTimer); if (TreeNode("SettingsHandlers", "Settings handlers: (%d)", g.SettingsHandlers.Size)) { - for (int n = 0; n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; n++) - BulletText("%s", g.SettingsHandlers[n].TypeName); + for (ImGuiSettingsHandler& handler : g.SettingsHandlers) + BulletText("\"%s\"", handler.TypeName); TreePop(); } if (TreeNode("SettingsWindows", "Settings packed data: Windows: %d bytes", g.SettingsWindows.size())) @@ -19306,7 +19610,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("In SettingsWindows:"); for (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = g.SettingsWindows.begin(); settings != NULL; settings = g.SettingsWindows.next_chunk(settings)) if (settings->DockId != 0) - BulletText("Window '%s' -> DockId %08X", settings->GetName(), settings->DockId); + BulletText("Window '%s' -> DockId %08X DockOrder=%d", settings->GetName(), settings->DockId, settings->DockOrder); Text("In SettingsNodes:"); for (int n = 0; n < dc->NodesSettings.Size; n++) { @@ -19368,6 +19672,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("Mouse clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseClicked(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d (%d)", i, io.MouseClickedCount[i]); } Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) if (IsMouseReleased(i)) { SameLine(); Text("b%d", i); } Text("Mouse wheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel); + Text("MouseStationaryTimer: %.2f", g.MouseStationaryTimer); Text("Mouse source: %s", GetMouseSourceName(io.MouseSource)); Text("Pen Pressure: %.1f", io.PenPressure); // Note: currently unused Unindent(); @@ -19445,7 +19750,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL"); Text("ActiveIdUsing: AllKeyboardKeys: %d, NavDirMask: %X", g.ActiveIdUsingAllKeyboardKeys, g.ActiveIdUsingNavDirMask); Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Not displaying g.HoveredId as it is update mid-frame - Text("HoverDelayId: 0x%08X, Timer: %.2f, ClearTimer: %.2f", g.HoverDelayId, g.HoverDelayTimer, g.HoverDelayClearTimer); + Text("HoverItemDelayId: 0x%08X, Timer: %.2f, ClearTimer: %.2f", g.HoverItemDelayId, g.HoverItemDelayTimer, g.HoverItemDelayClearTimer); Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize); DebugLocateItemOnHover(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId); Unindent(); @@ -19470,9 +19775,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) // Overlay: Display windows Rectangles and Begin Order if (cfg->ShowWindowsRects || cfg->ShowWindowsBeginOrder) { - for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++) + for (ImGuiWindow* window : g.Windows) { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; if (!window->WasActive) continue; ImDrawList* draw_list = GetForegroundDrawList(window); @@ -19548,8 +19852,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeColumns(ImGuiOldColumns* columns) if (!TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags)) return; BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->OffMaxX - columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMinX, columns->OffMaxX); - for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns->Columns.Size; column_n++) - BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", column_n, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm)); + for (ImGuiOldColumnData& column : columns->Columns) + BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", (int)columns->Columns.index_from_ptr(&column), column.OffsetNorm, GetColumnOffsetFromNorm(columns, column.OffsetNorm)); TreePop(); } @@ -19870,11 +20174,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeStorage(ImGuiStorage* storage, const char* label) { if (!TreeNode(label, "%s: %d entries, %d bytes", label, storage->Data.Size, storage->Data.size_in_bytes())) return; - for (int n = 0; n < storage->Data.Size; n++) - { - const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p = storage->Data[n]; + for (const ImGuiStorage::ImGuiStoragePair& p : storage->Data) BulletText("Key 0x%08X Value { i: %d }", p.key, p.val_i); // Important: we currently don't store a type, real value may not be integer. - } TreePop(); } @@ -19886,8 +20187,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTabBar(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label) char* p = buf; const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); const bool is_active = (tab_bar->PrevFrameVisible >= GetFrameCount() - 2); - p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s 0x%08X (%d tabs)%s", label, tab_bar->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); - p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, " { "); + p += ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "%s 0x%08X (%d tabs)%s {", label, tab_bar->ID, tab_bar->Tabs.Size, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); for (int tab_n = 0; tab_n < ImMin(tab_bar->Tabs.Size, 3); tab_n++) { ImGuiTabItem* tab = &tab_bar->Tabs[tab_n]; @@ -19946,9 +20246,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeViewport(ImGuiViewportP* viewport) (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_NoAutoMerge) ? " NoAutoMerge" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_TopMost) ? " TopMost" : "", (flags & ImGuiViewportFlags_CanHostOtherWindows) ? " CanHostOtherWindows" : ""); - for (int layer_i = 0; layer_i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers); layer_i++) - for (int draw_list_i = 0; draw_list_i < viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i].Size; draw_list_i++) - DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, viewport->DrawDataBuilder.Layers[layer_i][draw_list_i], "DrawList"); + for (ImDrawList* draw_list : viewport->DrawDataP.CmdLists) + DebugNodeDrawList(NULL, viewport, draw_list, "DrawList"); TreePop(); } } @@ -19995,6 +20294,9 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) BulletText("NavLastIds[%d]: 0x%08X at +(%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", layer, window->NavLastIds[layer], r.Min.x, r.Min.y, r.Max.x, r.Max.y); DebugLocateItemOnHover(window->NavLastIds[layer]); } + const ImVec2* pr = window->NavPreferredScoringPosRel; + for (int layer = 0; layer < ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT; layer++) + BulletText("NavPreferredScoringPosRel[%d] = {%.1f,%.1f)", layer, (pr[layer].x == FLT_MAX ? -99999.0f : pr[layer].x), (pr[layer].y == FLT_MAX ? -99999.0f : pr[layer].y)); // Display as 99999.0f so it looks neater. BulletText("NavLayersActiveMask: %X, NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->DC.NavLayersActiveMask, window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL"); BulletText("Viewport: %d%s, ViewportId: 0x%08X, ViewportPos: (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Viewport ? window->Viewport->Idx : -1, window->ViewportOwned ? " (Owned)" : "", window->ViewportId, window->ViewportPos.x, window->ViewportPos.y); @@ -20009,8 +20311,8 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) { DebugNodeWindowsList(&window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); } if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size)) { - for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) - DebugNodeColumns(&window->ColumnsStorage[n]); + for (ImGuiOldColumns& columns : window->ColumnsStorage) + DebugNodeColumns(&columns); TreePop(); } DebugNodeStorage(&window->StateStorage, "Storage"); @@ -20123,7 +20425,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) TextUnformatted(line_begin, line_end); ImRect text_rect = g.LastItemData.Rect; if (IsItemHovered()) - for (const char* p = line_begin; p < line_end - 10; p++) + for (const char* p = line_begin; p <= line_end - 10; p++) { ImGuiID id = 0; if (p[0] != '0' || (p[1] != 'x' && p[1] != 'X') || sscanf(p + 2, "%X", &id) != 1) @@ -20147,6 +20449,38 @@ void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) // [SECTION] OTHER DEBUG TOOLS (ITEM PICKER, STACK TOOL) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Draw a small cross at current CursorPos in current window's DrawList +void ImGui::DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - 3.0f), ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y + 4.0f), col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(pos.x - 3.0f, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + 4.0f, pos.y), col, 1.0f); +} + +// Draw a 10px wide rectangle around CurposPos.x using Line Y1/Y2 in current window's DrawList +void ImGui::DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + float curr_x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; + float line_y1 = (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y : window->DC.CursorPos.y); + float line_y2 = line_y1 + (window->DC.IsSameLine ? window->DC.PrevLineSize.y : window->DC.CurrLineSize.y); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y1), ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y1), col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y1), ImVec2(curr_x - 0.5f, line_y2), col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(curr_x - 5.0f, line_y2), ImVec2(curr_x + 5.0f, line_y2), col, 1.0f); +} + +// Draw last item rect in ForegroundDrawList (so it is always visible) +void ImGui::DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col); +} + +// [DEBUG] Locate item position/rectangle given an ID. static const ImU32 DEBUG_LOCATE_ITEM_COLOR = IM_COL32(0, 255, 0, 255); // Green void ImGui::DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id) diff --git a/imgui/imgui.h b/imgui/imgui.h index 9f8a5711..e265d5dd 100644 --- a/imgui/imgui.h +++ b/imgui/imgui.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.5 +// dear imgui, v1.89.9 // (headers) // Help: @@ -9,21 +9,24 @@ // Resources: // - FAQ http://dearimgui.com/faq -// - Homepage & latest https://github.com/ocornut/imgui +// - Homepage https://github.com/ocornut/imgui // - Releases & changelog https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases -// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/5886 (please post your screenshots/video there!) +// - Gallery https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/6478 (please post your screenshots/video there!) // - Wiki https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki (lots of good stuff there) +// - Getting Started https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started // - Glossary https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Glossary // - Issues & support https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues +// - Tests & Automation https://github.com/ocornut/imgui_test_engine // Getting Started? -// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running or issues loading fonts: +// - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started +// - For first-time users having issues compiling/linking/running/loading fonts: // please post in https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/discussions if you cannot find a solution in resources above. // Library Version -// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM > 12345') -#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.89.5" -#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 18950 +// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 12345') +#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.89.9" +#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 18990 #define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE #define IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT // Viewport WIP branch #define IMGUI_HAS_DOCK // Docking WIP branch @@ -117,10 +120,13 @@ Index of this file: #endif #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic push -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" -#if __has_warning("-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant") -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" +#if __has_warning("-Wunknown-warning-option") +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-warning-option" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' #endif +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-identifier" // warning: identifier '_Xxx' is reserved because it starts with '_' followed by a capital letter #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic push #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind @@ -357,8 +363,8 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags=0); // is current window hovered (and typically: not blocked by a popup/modal)? see flags for options. NB: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to imgui or to your app, you should use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that! Please read the FAQ! IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetWindowDrawList(); // get draw list associated to the current window, to append your own drawing primitives IMGUI_API float GetWindowDpiScale(); // get DPI scale currently associated to the current window's viewport. - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowPos(); // get current window position in screen space (useful if you want to do your own drawing via the DrawList API) - IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowSize(); // get current window size + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowPos(); // get current window position in screen space (note: it is unlikely you need to use this. Consider using current layout pos instead, GetScreenCursorPos()) + IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowSize(); // get current window size (note: it is unlikely you need to use this. Consider using GetScreenCursorPos() and e.g. GetContentRegionAvail() instead) IMGUI_API float GetWindowWidth(); // get current window width (shortcut for GetWindowSize().x) IMGUI_API float GetWindowHeight(); // get current window height (shortcut for GetWindowSize().y) IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport*GetWindowViewport(); // get viewport currently associated to the current window. @@ -674,12 +680,21 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL // Tooltips - // - Tooltip are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away. - IMGUI_API bool BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of items). - IMGUI_API void EndTooltip(); // only call EndTooltip() if BeginTooltip() returns true! - IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip, typically use with ImGui::IsItemHovered(). override any previous call to SetTooltip(). + // - Tooltips are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away. + // - A tooltip window can contain items of any types. SetTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (BeginTooltip()) { Text(...); EndTooltip(); }' idiom. + IMGUI_API bool BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window. + IMGUI_API void EndTooltip(); // only call EndTooltip() if BeginTooltip()/BeginItemTooltip() returns true! + IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip. Often used after a ImGui::IsItemHovered() check. Override any previous call to SetTooltip(). IMGUI_API void SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + // Tooltips: helpers for showing a tooltip when hovering an item + // - BeginItemTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Tooltip) && BeginTooltip())' idiom. + // - SetItemTooltip() is a shortcut for the 'if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Tooltip)) { SetTooltip(...); }' idiom. + // - Where 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_Tooltip' itself is a shortcut to use 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' depending on active input type. For mouse it defaults to 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort'. + IMGUI_API bool BeginItemTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window if preceding item was hovered. + IMGUI_API void SetItemTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip if preceeding item was hovered. override any previous call to SetTooltip(). + IMGUI_API void SetItemTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + // Popups, Modals // - They block normal mouse hovering detection (and therefore most mouse interactions) behind them. // - If not modal: they can be closed by clicking anywhere outside them, or by pressing ESCAPE. @@ -808,9 +823,9 @@ namespace ImGui // - Drag from window menu button (upper-left button) to undock an entire node (all windows). // - When io.ConfigDockingWithShift == true, you instead need to hold SHIFT to _enable_ docking/undocking. // About dockspaces: - // - Use DockSpace() to create an explicit dock node _within_ an existing window. See Docking demo for details. // - Use DockSpaceOverViewport() to create an explicit dock node covering the screen or a specific viewport. - // This is often used with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode. + // This is often used with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_PassthruCentralNode to make it transparent. + // - Use DockSpace() to create an explicit dock node _within_ an existing window. See Docking demo for details. // - Important: Dockspaces need to be submitted _before_ any window they can host. Submit it early in your frame! // - Important: Dockspaces need to be kept alive if hidden, otherwise windows docked into it will be undocked. // e.g. if you have multiple tabs with a dockspace inside each tab: submit the non-visible dockspaces with ImGuiDockNodeFlags_KeepAliveOnly. @@ -861,6 +876,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetItemDefaultFocus(); // make last item the default focused item of a window. IMGUI_API void SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0); // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use -1 to access previous widget. + // Overlapping mode + IMGUI_API void SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); // allow next item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Useful with invisible buttons, selectable, treenode covering an area where subsequent items may need to be added. Note that both Selectable() and TreeNode() have dedicated flags doing this. + // Item/Widgets Utilities and Query Functions // - Most of the functions are referring to the previous Item that has been submitted. // - See Demo Window under "Widgets->Querying Status" for an interactive visualization of most of those functions. @@ -881,7 +899,6 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMin(); // get upper-left bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMax(); // get lower-right bounding rectangle of the last item (screen space) IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectSize(); // get size of last item - IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. sometimes useful with invisible buttons, selectables, etc. to catch unused area. // Viewports // - Currently represents the Platform Window created by the application which is hosting our Dear ImGui windows. @@ -1070,20 +1087,24 @@ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None = 0, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected = 1 << 0, // Draw as selected ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed = 1 << 1, // Draw frame with background (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 2, // Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 2, // Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen = 1 << 3, // Don't do a TreePush() when open (e.g. for CollapsingHeader) = no extra indent nor pushing on ID stack ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog = 1 << 4, // Don't automatically and temporarily open node when Logging is active (by default logging will automatically open tree nodes) ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen = 1 << 5, // Default node to be open ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick = 1 << 6, // Need double-click to open node ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow = 1 << 7, // Only open when clicking on the arrow part. If ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick is also set, single-click arrow or double-click all box to open. ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf = 1 << 8, // No collapsing, no arrow (use as a convenience for leaf nodes). - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet = 1 << 9, // Display a bullet instead of arrow + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet = 1 << 9, // Display a bullet instead of arrow. IMPORTANT: node can still be marked open/close if you don't set the _Leaf flag! ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding = 1 << 10, // Use FramePadding (even for an unframed text node) to vertically align text baseline to regular widget height. Equivalent to calling AlignTextToFramePadding(). ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth = 1 << 11, // Extend hit box to the right-most edge, even if not framed. This is not the default in order to allow adding other items on the same line. In the future we may refactor the hit system to be front-to-back, allowing natural overlaps and then this can become the default. ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth = 1 << 12, // Extend hit box to the left-most and right-most edges (bypass the indented area). ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere = 1 << 13, // (WIP) Nav: left direction may move to this TreeNode() from any of its child (items submitted between TreeNode and TreePop) //ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoScrollOnOpen = 1 << 14, // FIXME: TODO: Disable automatic scroll on TreePop() if node got just open and contents is not visible ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog, + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap, // Renamed in 1.89.7 +#endif }; // Flags for OpenPopup*(), BeginPopupContext*(), IsPopupOpen() functions. @@ -1117,7 +1138,11 @@ enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 1, // Selectable frame can span all columns (text will still fit in current column) ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick = 1 << 2, // Generate press events on double clicks too ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled = 1 << 3, // Cannot be selected, display grayed out text - ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one + ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 4, // (WIP) Hit testing to allow subsequent widgets to overlap this one + +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap = ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap, // Renamed in 1.89.7 +#endif }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginCombo() @@ -1323,16 +1348,30 @@ enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup = 1 << 5, // Return true even if a popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal = 1 << 6, // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet. ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem = 1 << 7, // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns. - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = 1 << 8, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window - ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 9, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item is disabled - ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride = 1 << 10, // Disable using gamepad/keyboard navigation state when active, always query mouse. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem = 1 << 8, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item uses AllowOverlap mode and is overlapped by another hoverable item. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow = 1 << 9, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the position is obstructed or overlapped by another window. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 10, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true even if the item is disabled + ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride = 1 << 11, // IsItemHovered() only: Disable using gamepad/keyboard navigation state when active, always query mouse + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow, ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped, ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows, - // Hovering delays (for tooltips) - ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal = 1 << 11, // Return true after io.HoverDelayNormal elapsed (~0.30 sec) - ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort = 1 << 12, // Return true after io.HoverDelayShort elapsed (~0.10 sec) - ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay = 1 << 13, // Disable shared delay system where moving from one item to the next keeps the previous timer for a short time (standard for tooltips with long delays) + // Tooltips mode + // - typically used in IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence. + // - this is a shortcut to pull flags from 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' where you can reconfigure desired behavior. + // e.g. 'TooltipHoveredFlagsForMouse' defaults to 'ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort'. + // - for frequently actioned or hovered items providing a tooltip, you want may to use ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip (stationary + delay) so the tooltip doesn't show too often. + // - for items which main purpose is to be hovered, or items with low affordance, or in less consistent apps, prefer no delay or shorter delay. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip = 1 << 12, // Shortcut for standard flags when using IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence. + + // (Advanced) Mouse Hovering delays. + // - generally you can use ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip to use application-standardized flags. + // - use those if you need specific overrides. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary = 1 << 13, // Require mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (~0.15 sec) _at least one time_. After this, can move on same item/window. Using the stationary test tends to reduces the need for a long delay. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone = 1 << 14, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true immediately (default). As this is the default you generally ignore this. + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort = 1 << 15, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true after style.HoverDelayShort elapsed (~0.15 sec) (shared between items) + requires mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (once per item). + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal = 1 << 16, // IsItemHovered() only: Return true after style.HoverDelayNormal elapsed (~0.40 sec) (shared between items) + requires mouse to be stationary for style.HoverStationaryDelay (once per item). + ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay = 1 << 17, // IsItemHovered() only: Disable shared delay system where moving from one item to the next keeps the previous timer for a short time (standard for tooltips with long delays) }; // Flags for ImGui::DockSpace(), shared/inherited by child nodes. @@ -1688,6 +1727,7 @@ enum ImGuiStyleVar_ ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize,// float SeparatorTextBorderSize ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign, // ImVec2 SeparatorTextAlign ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding,// ImVec2 SeparatorTextPadding + ImGuiStyleVar_DockingSeparatorSize,// float DockingSeparatorSize ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT }; @@ -1937,7 +1977,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float FrameBorderSize; // Thickness of border around frames. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). ImVec2 ItemSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines. ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label). - ImVec2 CellPadding; // Padding within a table cell + ImVec2 CellPadding; // Padding within a table cell. CellPadding.y may be altered between different rows. ImVec2 TouchExtraPadding; // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much! float IndentSpacing; // Horizontal indentation when e.g. entering a tree node. Generally == (FontSize + FramePadding.x*2). float ColumnsMinSpacing; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns. Preferably > (FramePadding.x + 1). @@ -1957,6 +1997,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle ImVec2 SeparatorTextPadding; // Horizontal offset of text from each edge of the separator + spacing on other axis. Generally small values. .y is recommended to be == FramePadding.y. ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area or monitors by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly! + float DockingSeparatorSize; // Thickness of resizing border between docked windows float MouseCursorScale; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). We apply per-monitor DPI scaling over this scale. May be removed later. bool AntiAliasedLines; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). bool AntiAliasedLinesUseTex; // Enable anti-aliased lines/borders using textures where possible. Require backend to render with bilinear filtering (NOT point/nearest filtering). Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). @@ -1965,6 +2006,14 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float CircleTessellationMaxError; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. ImVec4 Colors[ImGuiCol_COUNT]; + // Behaviors + // (It is possible to modify those fields mid-frame if specific behavior need it, unlike e.g. configuration fields in ImGuiIO) + float HoverStationaryDelay; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary). Time required to consider mouse stationary. + float HoverDelayShort; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort). Usually used along with HoverStationaryDelay. + float HoverDelayNormal; // Delay for IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal). " + ImGuiHoveredFlags HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse;// Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using mouse. + ImGuiHoveredFlags HoverFlagsForTooltipNav; // Default flags when using IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip) or BeginItemTooltip()/SetItemTooltip() while using keyboard/gamepad. + IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle(); IMGUI_API void ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor); }; @@ -1999,13 +2048,6 @@ struct ImGuiIO float IniSavingRate; // = 5.0f // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds. const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file (important: default "imgui.ini" is relative to current working dir!). Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving or if you want to manually call LoadIniSettingsXXX() / SaveIniSettingsXXX() functions. const char* LogFilename; // = "imgui_log.txt"// Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified). - float MouseDoubleClickTime; // = 0.30f // Time for a double-click, in seconds. - float MouseDoubleClickMaxDist; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels. - float MouseDragThreshold; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging. - float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.275f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.). - float KeyRepeatRate; // = 0.050f // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds. - float HoverDelayNormal; // = 0.30 sec // Delay on hovering before IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal) returns true. - float HoverDelayShort; // = 0.10 sec // Delay on hovering before IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) returns true. void* UserData; // = NULL // Store your own data. ImFontAtlas*Fonts; // // Font atlas: load, rasterize and pack one or more fonts into a single texture. @@ -2037,13 +2079,32 @@ struct ImGuiIO bool ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly; // = false // Enable allowing to move windows only when clicking on their title bar. Does not apply to windows without a title bar. float ConfigMemoryCompactTimer; // = 60.0f // Timer (in seconds) to free transient windows/tables memory buffers when unused. Set to -1.0f to disable. + // Inputs Behaviors + // (other variables, ones which are expected to be tweaked within UI code, are exposed in ImGuiStyle) + float MouseDoubleClickTime; // = 0.30f // Time for a double-click, in seconds. + float MouseDoubleClickMaxDist; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels. + float MouseDragThreshold; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging. + float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.275f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds (for buttons in Repeat mode, etc.). + float KeyRepeatRate; // = 0.050f // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds. + + //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Debug options - // - tools to test correct Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild behaviors. - // - presently Begn()/End() and BeginChild()EndChild() needs to ALWAYS be called in tandem, regardless of return value of BeginXXX() - // this is inconsistent with other BeginXXX functions and create confusion for many users. - // - we expect to update the API eventually. In the meanwhile we provided tools to facilitate checking user-code behavior. - bool ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce; // = false // First-time calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. NEEDS TO BE SET AT APPLICATION BOOT TIME if you don't want to miss windows. - bool ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop; // = false // Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. Will cycle through window depths then repeat. Suggested use: add "io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue = io.KeyShift" in your main loop then occasionally press SHIFT. Windows should be flickering while running. + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + + // Tools to test correct Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild behaviors. + // Presently Begin()/End() and BeginChild()/EndChild() needs to ALWAYS be called in tandem, regardless of return value of BeginXXX() + // This is inconsistent with other BeginXXX functions and create confusion for many users. + // We expect to update the API eventually. In the meanwhile we provide tools to facilitate checking user-code behavior. + bool ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce;// = false // First-time calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. NEEDS TO BE SET AT APPLICATION BOOT TIME if you don't want to miss windows. + bool ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop;// = false // Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false. Will cycle through window depths then repeat. Suggested use: add "io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValue = io.KeyShift" in your main loop then occasionally press SHIFT. Windows should be flickering while running. + + // Option to deactivate io.AddFocusEvent(false) handling. May facilitate interactions with a debugger when focus loss leads to clearing inputs data. + // Backends may have other side-effects on focus loss, so this will reduce side-effects but not necessary remove all of them. + // Consider using e.g. Win32's IsDebuggerPresent() as an additional filter (or see ImOsIsDebuggerPresent() in imgui_test_engine/imgui_te_utils.cpp for a Unix compatible version). + bool ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss; // = false // Ignore io.AddFocusEvent(false), consequently not calling io.ClearInputKeys() in input processing. + + // Option to audit .ini data + bool ConfigDebugIniSettings; // = false // Save .ini data with extra comments (particularly helpful for Docking, but makes saving slower) //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Platform Functions @@ -2072,6 +2133,9 @@ struct ImGuiIO void* _UnusedPadding; // Unused field to keep data structure the same size. #endif + // Optional: Platform locale + ImWchar PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; // '.' // [Experimental] Configure decimal point e.g. '.' or ',' useful for some languages (e.g. German), generally pulled from *localeconv()->decimal_point + //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Input - Call before calling NewFrame() //------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -2091,8 +2155,11 @@ struct ImGuiIO IMGUI_API void SetKeyEventNativeData(ImGuiKey key, int native_keycode, int native_scancode, int native_legacy_index = -1); // [Optional] Specify index for legacy <1.87 IsKeyXXX() functions with native indices + specify native keycode, scancode. IMGUI_API void SetAppAcceptingEvents(bool accepting_events); // Set master flag for accepting key/mouse/text events (default to true). Useful if you have native dialog boxes that are interrupting your application loop/refresh, and you want to disable events being queued while your app is frozen. - IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters(); // [Internal] Clear the text input buffer manually - IMGUI_API void ClearInputKeys(); // [Internal] Release all keys + IMGUI_API void ClearEventsQueue(); // Clear all incoming events. + IMGUI_API void ClearInputKeys(); // Clear current keyboard/mouse/gamepad state + current frame text input buffer. Equivalent to releasing all keys/buttons. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters(); // [Obsolete] Clear the current frame text input buffer. Now included within ClearInputKeys(). +#endif //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Output - Updated by NewFrame() or EndFrame()/Render() @@ -2451,11 +2518,15 @@ struct ImGuiListClipper IMGUI_API void End(); // Automatically called on the last call of Step() that returns false. IMGUI_API bool Step(); // Call until it returns false. The DisplayStart/DisplayEnd fields will be set and you can process/draw those items. - // Call ForceDisplayRangeByIndices() before first call to Step() if you need a range of items to be displayed regardless of visibility. - IMGUI_API void ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_min, int item_max); // item_max is exclusive e.g. use (42, 42+1) to make item 42 always visible BUT due to alignment/padding of certain items it is likely that an extra item may be included on either end of the display range. + // Call IncludeItemByIndex() or IncludeItemsByIndex() *BEFORE* first call to Step() if you need a range of items to not be clipped, regardless of their visibility. + // (Due to alignment / padding of certain items it is possible that an extra item may be included on either end of the display range). + inline void IncludeItemByIndex(int item_index) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_index, item_index + 1); } + IMGUI_API void IncludeItemsByIndex(int item_begin, int item_end); // item_end is exclusive e.g. use (42, 42+1) to make item 42 never clipped. #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - inline ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ItemsCount = -1; Begin(items_count, items_height); } // [removed in 1.79] + inline void IncludeRangeByIndices(int item_begin, int item_end) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_begin, item_end); } // [renamed in 1.89.9] + inline void ForceDisplayRangeByIndices(int item_begin, int item_end) { IncludeItemsByIndex(item_begin, item_end); } // [renamed in 1.89.6] + //inline ImGuiListClipper(int items_count, float items_height = -1.0f) { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); ItemsCount = -1; Begin(items_count, items_height); } // [removed in 1.79] #endif }; @@ -2463,7 +2534,6 @@ struct ImGuiListClipper // - It is important that we are keeping those disabled by default so they don't leak in user space. // - This is in order to allow user enabling implicit cast operators between ImVec2/ImVec4 and their own types (using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h) // - You can use '#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS' to import our operators, provided as a courtesy. -// - We unfortunately don't have a unary- operator for ImVec2 because this would needs to be defined inside the class itself. #ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS_IMPLEMENTED IM_MSVC_RUNTIME_CHECKS_OFF @@ -2473,6 +2543,7 @@ static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x - rhs.x, lhs.y - rhs.y); } static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x * rhs.x, lhs.y * rhs.y); } static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x / rhs.x, lhs.y / rhs.y); } +static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs) { return ImVec2(-lhs.x, -lhs.y); } static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; } static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; } static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; } @@ -2518,8 +2589,8 @@ struct ImColor constexpr ImColor() { } constexpr ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f) : Value(r, g, b, a) { } constexpr ImColor(const ImVec4& col) : Value(col) {} - ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255) { float sc = 1.0f / 255.0f; Value.x = (float)r * sc; Value.y = (float)g * sc; Value.z = (float)b * sc; Value.w = (float)a * sc; } - ImColor(ImU32 rgba) { float sc = 1.0f / 255.0f; Value.x = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.y = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.z = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; Value.w = (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * sc; } + constexpr ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255) : Value((float)r * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)g * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)b * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)a* (1.0f / 255.0f)) {} + constexpr ImColor(ImU32 rgba) : Value((float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f), (float)((rgba >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * (1.0f / 255.0f)) {} inline operator ImU32() const { return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(Value); } inline operator ImVec4() const { return Value; } @@ -2753,7 +2824,7 @@ struct ImDrawList // Advanced: Channels // - Use to split render into layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit FG primitives before BG primitives) // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end) - // - FIXME-OBSOLETE: This API shouldn't have been in ImDrawList in the first place! + // - This API shouldn't have been in ImDrawList in the first place! // Prefer using your own persistent instance of ImDrawListSplitter as you can stack them. // Using the ImDrawList::ChannelsXXXX you cannot stack a split over another. inline void ChannelsSplit(int count) { _Splitter.Split(this, count); } @@ -2794,19 +2865,20 @@ struct ImDrawList // as this is one of the oldest structure exposed by the library! Basically, ImDrawList == CmdList) struct ImDrawData { - bool Valid; // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called. - int CmdListsCount; // Number of ImDrawList* to render - int TotalIdxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size - int TotalVtxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size - ImDrawList** CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here. - ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Top-left position of the viewport to render (== top-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) (== GetMainViewport()->Pos for the main viewport, == (0.0) in most single-viewport applications) - ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== GetMainViewport()->Size for the main viewport, == io.DisplaySize in most single-viewport applications) - ImVec2 FramebufferScale; // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display. - ImGuiViewport* OwnerViewport; // Viewport carrying the ImDrawData instance, might be of use to the renderer (generally not). + bool Valid; // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called. + int CmdListsCount; // Number of ImDrawList* to render + int TotalIdxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's IdxBuffer.Size + int TotalVtxCount; // For convenience, sum of all ImDrawList's VtxBuffer.Size + ImVector CmdLists; // Array of ImDrawList* to render. The ImDrawLists are owned by ImGuiContext and only pointed to from here. + ImVec2 DisplayPos; // Top-left position of the viewport to render (== top-left of the orthogonal projection matrix to use) (== GetMainViewport()->Pos for the main viewport, == (0.0) in most single-viewport applications) + ImVec2 DisplaySize; // Size of the viewport to render (== GetMainViewport()->Size for the main viewport, == io.DisplaySize in most single-viewport applications) + ImVec2 FramebufferScale; // Amount of pixels for each unit of DisplaySize. Based on io.DisplayFramebufferScale. Generally (1,1) on normal display, (2,2) on OSX with Retina display. + ImGuiViewport* OwnerViewport; // Viewport carrying the ImDrawData instance, might be of use to the renderer (generally not). // Functions ImDrawData() { Clear(); } - void Clear() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } // The ImDrawList are owned by ImGuiContext! + IMGUI_API void Clear(); + IMGUI_API void AddDrawList(ImDrawList* draw_list); // Helper to add an external draw list into an existing ImDrawData. IMGUI_API void DeIndexAllBuffers(); // Helper to convert all buffers from indexed to non-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering! IMGUI_API void ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than Dear ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution. }; @@ -2822,7 +2894,7 @@ struct ImFontConfig bool FontDataOwnedByAtlas; // true // TTF/OTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself). int FontNo; // 0 // Index of font within TTF/OTF file float SizePixels; // // Size in pixels for rasterizer (more or less maps to the resulting font height). - int OversampleH; // 3 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Note the difference between 2 and 3 is minimal so you can reduce this to 2 to save memory. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details. + int OversampleH; // 2 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. Note the difference between 2 and 3 is minimal. You can reduce this to 1 for large glyphs save memory. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details. int OversampleV; // 1 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. This is not really useful as we don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis. bool PixelSnapH; // false // Align every glyph to pixel boundary. Useful e.g. if you are merging a non-pixel aligned font with the default font. If enabled, you can set OversampleH/V to 1. ImVec2 GlyphExtraSpacing; // 0, 0 // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Only X axis is supported for now. @@ -2940,7 +3012,8 @@ struct ImFontAtlas //------------------------------------------- // Helpers to retrieve list of common Unicode ranges (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list) - // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page. In C++11, you can create UTF-8 string literal using the u8"Hello world" syntax. See FAQ for details. + // NB: Make sure that your string are UTF-8 and NOT in your local code page. + // Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md/#about-utf-8-encoding for details. // NB: Consider using ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder to build glyph ranges from textual data. IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesDefault(); // Basic Latin, Extended Latin IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesGreek(); // Default + Greek and Coptic @@ -3250,7 +3323,8 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformMonitor ImVec2 MainPos, MainSize; // Coordinates of the area displayed on this monitor (Min = upper left, Max = bottom right) ImVec2 WorkPos, WorkSize; // Coordinates without task bars / side bars / menu bars. Used to avoid positioning popups/tooltips inside this region. If you don't have this info, please copy the value for MainPos/MainSize. float DpiScale; // 1.0f = 96 DPI - ImGuiPlatformMonitor() { MainPos = MainSize = WorkPos = WorkSize = ImVec2(0, 0); DpiScale = 1.0f; } + void* PlatformHandle; // Backend dependant data (e.g. HMONITOR, GLFWmonitor*, SDL Display Index, NSScreen*) + ImGuiPlatformMonitor() { MainPos = MainSize = WorkPos = WorkSize = ImVec2(0, 0); DpiScale = 1.0f; PlatformHandle = NULL; } }; // (Optional) Support for IME (Input Method Editor) via the io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() function. @@ -3281,6 +3355,8 @@ namespace ImGui #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS namespace ImGui { + // OBSOLETED in 1.89.7 (from June 2023) + IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // Use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() before item. // OBSOLETED in 1.89.4 (from March 2023) static inline void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool tab_stop) { PushTabStop(tab_stop); } static inline void PopAllowKeyboardFocus() { PopTabStop(); } @@ -3293,12 +3369,12 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // Calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using ImGuiListClipper. // OBSOLETED in 1.85 (from August 2021) static inline float GetWindowContentRegionWidth() { return GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x; } - // OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) - IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // Helper to calculate size from items_count and height_in_items - static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)) { return BeginListBox(label, size); } - static inline void ListBoxFooter() { EndListBox(); } // Some of the older obsolete names along with their replacement (commented out so they are not reported in IDE) + //-- OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) + //static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0)) { return BeginListBox(label, size); } + //static inline bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1) { float height = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * ((height_in_items < 0 ? ImMin(items_count, 7) : height_in_items) + 0.25f) + GetStyle().FramePadding.y * 2.0f; return BeginListBox(label, ImVec2(0.0f, height)); } // Helper to calculate size from items_count and height_in_items + //static inline void ListBoxFooter() { EndListBox(); } //-- OBSOLETED in 1.79 (from August 2020) //static inline void OpenPopupContextItem(const char* str_id = NULL, ImGuiMouseButton mb = 1) { OpenPopupOnItemClick(str_id, mb); } // Bool return value removed. Use IsWindowAppearing() in BeginPopup() instead. Renamed in 1.77, renamed back in 1.79. Sorry! //-- OBSOLETED in 1.78 (from June 2020): Old drag/sliders functions that took a 'float power > 1.0f' argument instead of ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/3361 for details. diff --git a/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp b/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp index 9181ab24..6a7c95cd 100644 --- a/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp +++ b/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp @@ -1,16 +1,18 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.5 +// dear imgui, v1.89.9 // (demo code) // Help: // - Read FAQ at http://dearimgui.com/faq -// - Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. // - Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp. All applications in examples/ are doing that. +// - Need help integrating Dear ImGui in your codebase? +// - Read Getting Started https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Getting-Started +// - Read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. // Read imgui.cpp for more details, documentation and comments. // Get the latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui -// ------------------------------------------------- +//--------------------------------------------------- // PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE THIS FILE FROM YOUR PROJECT! -// ------------------------------------------------- +//--------------------------------------------------- // Message to the person tempted to delete this file when integrating Dear ImGui into their codebase: // Think again! It is the most useful reference code that you and other coders will want to refer to and call. // Have the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function wired in an always-available debug menu of your game/app! @@ -24,14 +26,23 @@ // Thank you, // -Your beloved friend, imgui_demo.cpp (which you won't delete) -// Message to beginner C/C++ programmers about the meaning of the 'static' keyword: -// In this demo code, we frequently use 'static' variables inside functions. A static variable persists across calls, -// so it is essentially like a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. We do this as a way to -// gather code and data in the same place, to make the demo source code faster to read, faster to write, and smaller -// in size. It also happens to be a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function -// doesn't need to be reentrant or used in multiple threads. This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code, -// but most of the real data you would be editing is likely going to be stored outside your functions. +//-------------------------------------------- +// ABOUT THE MEANING OF THE 'static' KEYWORD: +//-------------------------------------------- +// In this demo code, we frequently use 'static' variables inside functions. +// A static variable persists across calls. It is essentially a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. +// Think of "static int n = 0;" as "global int n = 0;" ! +// We do this IN THE DEMO because we want: +// - to gather code and data in the same place. +// - to make the demo source code faster to read, faster to change, smaller in size. +// - it is also a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function +// doesn't need to be reentrant or used in multiple threads. +// This might be a pattern you will want to use in your code, but most of the data you would be working +// with in a complex codebase is likely going to be stored outside your functions. +//----------------------------------------- +// ABOUT THE CODING STYLE OF OUR DEMO CODE +//----------------------------------------- // The Demo code in this file is designed to be easy to copy-and-paste into your application! // Because of this: // - We never omit the ImGui:: prefix when calling functions, even though most code here is in the same namespace. @@ -92,10 +103,9 @@ Index of this file: #include // sqrtf, powf, cosf, sinf, floorf, ceilf #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf #include // NULL, malloc, free, atoi -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t +#if !defined(_MSC_VER) || _MSC_VER >= 1800 +#include // PRId64/PRIu64, not avail in some MinGW headers. #endif // Visual Studio warnings @@ -145,14 +155,13 @@ Index of this file: #define vsnprintf _vsnprintf #endif -// Format specifiers, printing 64-bit hasn't been decently standardized... -// In a real application you should be using PRId64 and PRIu64 from (non-windows) and on Windows define them yourself. -#ifdef _MSC_VER -#define IM_PRId64 "I64d" -#define IM_PRIu64 "I64u" -#else -#define IM_PRId64 "lld" -#define IM_PRIu64 "llu" +// Format specifiers for 64-bit values (hasn't been decently standardized before VS2013) +#if !defined(PRId64) && defined(_MSC_VER) +#define PRId64 "I64d" +#define PRIu64 "I64u" +#elif !defined(PRId64) +#define PRId64 "lld" +#define PRIu64 "llu" #endif // Helpers macros @@ -179,20 +188,20 @@ Index of this file: #if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS) // Forward Declarations -static void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppFullscreen(bool* p_open); +static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleMenuFile(); // We split the contents of the big ShowDemoWindow() function into smaller functions @@ -213,7 +222,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs(); static void HelpMarker(const char* desc) { ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort) && ImGui::BeginTooltip()) + if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) { ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 35.0f); ImGui::TextUnformatted(desc); @@ -258,61 +267,61 @@ void* GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData = NULL; void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) { // Exceptionally add an extra assert here for people confused about initial Dear ImGui setup - // Most functions would normally just crash if the context is missing. - IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing dear imgui context. Refer to examples app!"); + // Most functions would normally just assert/crash if the context is missing. + IM_ASSERT(ImGui::GetCurrentContext() != NULL && "Missing Dear ImGui context. Refer to examples app!"); // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu) static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false; + static bool show_app_console = false; + static bool show_app_custom_rendering = false; static bool show_app_dockspace = false; static bool show_app_documents = false; - static bool show_app_console = false; static bool show_app_log = false; static bool show_app_layout = false; static bool show_app_property_editor = false; - static bool show_app_long_text = false; + static bool show_app_simple_overlay = false; static bool show_app_auto_resize = false; static bool show_app_constrained_resize = false; - static bool show_app_simple_overlay = false; static bool show_app_fullscreen = false; + static bool show_app_long_text = false; static bool show_app_window_titles = false; - static bool show_app_custom_rendering = false; if (show_app_main_menu_bar) ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); if (show_app_dockspace) ShowExampleAppDockSpace(&show_app_dockspace); // Process the Docking app first, as explicit DockSpace() nodes needs to be submitted early (read comments near the DockSpace function) if (show_app_documents) ShowExampleAppDocuments(&show_app_documents); // Process the Document app next, as it may also use a DockSpace() if (show_app_console) ShowExampleAppConsole(&show_app_console); + if (show_app_custom_rendering) ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering); if (show_app_log) ShowExampleAppLog(&show_app_log); if (show_app_layout) ShowExampleAppLayout(&show_app_layout); if (show_app_property_editor) ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(&show_app_property_editor); - if (show_app_long_text) ShowExampleAppLongText(&show_app_long_text); + if (show_app_simple_overlay) ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(&show_app_simple_overlay); if (show_app_auto_resize) ShowExampleAppAutoResize(&show_app_auto_resize); if (show_app_constrained_resize) ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(&show_app_constrained_resize); - if (show_app_simple_overlay) ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(&show_app_simple_overlay); if (show_app_fullscreen) ShowExampleAppFullscreen(&show_app_fullscreen); + if (show_app_long_text) ShowExampleAppLongText(&show_app_long_text); if (show_app_window_titles) ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&show_app_window_titles); - if (show_app_custom_rendering) ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering); - // Dear ImGui Tools/Apps (accessible from the "Tools" menu) - static bool show_app_metrics = false; - static bool show_app_debug_log = false; - static bool show_app_stack_tool = false; - static bool show_app_about = false; - static bool show_app_style_editor = false; + // Dear ImGui Tools (accessible from the "Tools" menu) + static bool show_tool_metrics = false; + static bool show_tool_debug_log = false; + static bool show_tool_stack_tool = false; + static bool show_tool_style_editor = false; + static bool show_tool_about = false; - if (show_app_metrics) - ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_app_metrics); - if (show_app_debug_log) - ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(&show_app_debug_log); - if (show_app_stack_tool) - ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(&show_app_stack_tool); - if (show_app_about) - ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&show_app_about); - if (show_app_style_editor) + if (show_tool_metrics) + ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_tool_metrics); + if (show_tool_debug_log) + ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(&show_tool_debug_log); + if (show_tool_stack_tool) + ImGui::ShowStackToolWindow(&show_tool_stack_tool); + if (show_tool_style_editor) { - ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Style Editor", &show_app_style_editor); + ImGui::Begin("Dear ImGui Style Editor", &show_tool_style_editor); ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); ImGui::End(); } + if (show_tool_about) + ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(&show_tool_about); // Demonstrate the various window flags. Typically you would just use the default! static bool no_titlebar = false; @@ -375,19 +384,24 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu/Examples"); ImGui::MenuItem("Main menu bar", NULL, &show_app_main_menu_bar); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Mini apps"); ImGui::MenuItem("Console", NULL, &show_app_console); - ImGui::MenuItem("Log", NULL, &show_app_log); - ImGui::MenuItem("Simple layout", NULL, &show_app_layout); - ImGui::MenuItem("Property editor", NULL, &show_app_property_editor); - ImGui::MenuItem("Long text display", NULL, &show_app_long_text); - ImGui::MenuItem("Auto-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_auto_resize); - ImGui::MenuItem("Constrained-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_constrained_resize); - ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &show_app_simple_overlay); - ImGui::MenuItem("Fullscreen window", NULL, &show_app_fullscreen); - ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window titles", NULL, &show_app_window_titles); ImGui::MenuItem("Custom rendering", NULL, &show_app_custom_rendering); ImGui::MenuItem("Dockspace", NULL, &show_app_dockspace); ImGui::MenuItem("Documents", NULL, &show_app_documents); + ImGui::MenuItem("Log", NULL, &show_app_log); + ImGui::MenuItem("Property editor", NULL, &show_app_property_editor); + ImGui::MenuItem("Simple layout", NULL, &show_app_layout); + ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &show_app_simple_overlay); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Concepts"); + ImGui::MenuItem("Auto-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_auto_resize); + ImGui::MenuItem("Constrained-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_constrained_resize); + ImGui::MenuItem("Fullscreen window", NULL, &show_app_fullscreen); + ImGui::MenuItem("Long text display", NULL, &show_app_long_text); + ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window titles", NULL, &show_app_window_titles); + ImGui::EndMenu(); } //if (ImGui::MenuItem("MenuItem")) {} // You can also use MenuItem() inside a menu bar! @@ -399,11 +413,11 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) #else const bool has_debug_tools = false; #endif - ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics/Debugger", NULL, &show_app_metrics, has_debug_tools); - ImGui::MenuItem("Debug Log", NULL, &show_app_debug_log, has_debug_tools); - ImGui::MenuItem("Stack Tool", NULL, &show_app_stack_tool, has_debug_tools); - ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &show_app_style_editor); - ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &show_app_about); + ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics/Debugger", NULL, &show_tool_metrics, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("Debug Log", NULL, &show_tool_debug_log, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("Stack Tool", NULL, &show_tool_stack_tool, has_debug_tools); + ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &show_tool_style_editor); + ImGui::MenuItem("About Dear ImGui", NULL, &show_tool_about); ImGui::EndMenu(); } ImGui::EndMenuBar(); @@ -415,23 +429,21 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Help"); if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Help")) { - ImGui::Text("ABOUT THIS DEMO:"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("ABOUT THIS DEMO:"); ImGui::BulletText("Sections below are demonstrating many aspects of the library."); ImGui::BulletText("The \"Examples\" menu above leads to more demo contents."); ImGui::BulletText("The \"Tools\" menu above gives access to: About Box, Style Editor,\n" "and Metrics/Debugger (general purpose Dear ImGui debugging tool)."); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("PROGRAMMER GUIDE:"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("PROGRAMMER GUIDE:"); ImGui::BulletText("See the ShowDemoWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp. <- you are here!"); ImGui::BulletText("See comments in imgui.cpp."); ImGui::BulletText("See example applications in the examples/ folder."); ImGui::BulletText("Read the FAQ at http://www.dearimgui.com/faq/"); ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableKeyboard' for keyboard controls."); ImGui::BulletText("Set 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableGamepad' for gamepad controls."); - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::Text("USER GUIDE:"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("USER GUIDE:"); ImGui::ShowUserGuide(); } @@ -525,6 +537,10 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("First calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nTHIS OPTION IS DISABLED because it needs to be set at application boot-time to make sense. Showing the disabled option is a way to make this feature easier to discover"); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop", &io.ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Some calls to Begin()/BeginChild() will return false.\n\nWill cycle through window depths then repeat. Windows should be flickering while running."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss", &io.ConfigDebugIgnoreFocusLoss); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Option to deactivate io.AddFocusEvent(false) handling. May facilitate interactions with a debugger when focus loss leads to clearing inputs data."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigDebugIniSettings", &io.ConfigDebugIniSettings); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Option to save .ini data with extra comments (particularly helpful for Docking, but makes saving slower)."); ImGui::TreePop(); ImGui::Spacing(); @@ -683,37 +699,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d", counter); - { - // Tooltips - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic/Tooltips"); - //ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - ImGui::Text("Tooltips:"); - - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SmallButton("Button"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip"); - - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SmallButton("Fancy"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ImGui::BeginTooltip()) - { - ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip"); - static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; - ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); - ImGui::Text("Sin(time) = %f", sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime())); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); - } - - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SmallButton("Delayed"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) // With a delay - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a delay."); - - ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker( - "Tooltip are created by using the IsItemHovered() function over any kind of item."); - } + ImGui::Button("Tooltip"); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("I am a tooltip"); ImGui::LabelText("label", "Value"); @@ -803,7 +790,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() static int elem = Element_Fire; const char* elems_names[Element_COUNT] = { "Fire", "Earth", "Air", "Water" }; const char* elem_name = (elem >= 0 && elem < Element_COUNT) ? elems_names[elem] : "Unknown"; - ImGui::SliderInt("slider enum", &elem, 0, Element_COUNT - 1, elem_name); + ImGui::SliderInt("slider enum", &elem, 0, Element_COUNT - 1, elem_name); // Use ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput flag to disable CTRL+Click here. ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Using the format string parameter to display a name instead of the underlying integer."); } @@ -848,6 +835,85 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tooltips"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tooltips")) + { + // Tooltips are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away. + ImGui::SeparatorText("General"); + + // Typical use cases: + // - Short-form (text only): SetItemTooltip("Hello"); + // - Short-form (any contents): if (BeginItemTooltip()) { Text("Hello"); EndTooltip(); } + + // - Full-form (text only): if (IsItemHovered(...)) { SetTooltip("Hello"); } + // - Full-form (any contents): if (IsItemHovered(...) && BeginTooltip()) { Text("Hello"); EndTooltip(); } + + HelpMarker( + "Tooltip are typically created by using a IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence.\n\n" + "We provide a helper SetItemTooltip() function to perform the two with standards flags."); + + ImVec2 sz = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f); + + ImGui::Button("Basic", sz); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("I am a tooltip"); + + ImGui::Button("Fancy", sz); + if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) + { + ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip"); + static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; + ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); + ImGui::Text("Sin(time) = %f", sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime())); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Always On"); + + // Showcase NOT relying on a IsItemHovered() to emit a tooltip. + // Here the tooltip is always emitted when 'always_on == true'. + static int always_on = 0; + ImGui::RadioButton("Off", &always_on, 0); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::RadioButton("Always On (Simple)", &always_on, 1); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::RadioButton("Always On (Advanced)", &always_on, 2); + if (always_on == 1) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am following you around."); + else if (always_on == 2 && ImGui::BeginTooltip()) + { + ImGui::ProgressBar(sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime()) * 0.5f + 0.5f, ImVec2(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 25, 0.0f)); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Custom"); + + // The following examples are passed for documentation purpose but may not be useful to most users. + // Passing ImGuiHoveredFlags_Tooltip to IsItemHovered() will pull ImGuiHoveredFlags flags values from + // 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' depending on whether mouse or gamepad/keyboard is being used. + // With default settings, ImGuiHoveredFlags_Tooltip is equivalent to ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort + ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary. + ImGui::Button("Manual", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a manually emitted tooltip"); + + ImGui::Button("DelayNone", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with no delay."); + + ImGui::Button("DelayShort", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a short delay (%0.2f sec).", ImGui::GetStyle().HoverDelayShort); + + ImGui::Button("DelayLong", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a long delay (%0.2f sec)", ImGui::GetStyle().HoverDelayNormal); + + ImGui::Button("Stationary", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip requiring mouse to be stationary before activating."); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + // Testing ImGuiOnceUponAFrame helper. //static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame once; //for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) @@ -1113,7 +1179,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImVec4 tint_col = use_text_color_for_tint ? ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text) : ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint ImVec4 border_col = ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Border); ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), uv_min, uv_max, tint_col, border_col); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ImGui::BeginTooltip()) + if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) { float region_sz = 32.0f; float region_x = io.MousePos.x - pos.x - region_sz * 0.5f; @@ -1267,16 +1333,16 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Basic"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) { - static bool selection[5] = { false, true, false, false, false }; + static bool selection[5] = { false, true, false, false }; ImGui::Selectable("1. I am selectable", &selection[0]); ImGui::Selectable("2. I am selectable", &selection[1]); - ImGui::Text("(I am not selectable)"); - ImGui::Selectable("4. I am selectable", &selection[3]); - if (ImGui::Selectable("5. I am double clickable", selection[4], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)) + ImGui::Selectable("3. I am selectable", &selection[2]); + if (ImGui::Selectable("4. I am double clickable", selection[3], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)) if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) - selection[4] = !selection[4]; + selection[3] = !selection[3]; ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Single Selection"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State: Single Selection")) { @@ -1308,17 +1374,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } ImGui::TreePop(); } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Rendering more text into the same line"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more text into the same line")) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Rendering more items on the same line"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more items on the same line")) { - // Using the Selectable() override that takes "bool* p_selected" parameter, - // this function toggle your bool value automatically. + // (1) Using SetNextItemAllowOverlap() + // (2) Using the Selectable() override that takes "bool* p_selected" parameter, the bool value is toggled automatically. static bool selected[3] = { false, false, false }; - ImGui::Selectable("main.c", &selected[0]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes"); - ImGui::Selectable("Hello.cpp", &selected[1]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("12,345 bytes"); - ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h", &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes"); + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("main.c", &selected[0]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 1"); + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("Hello.cpp", &selected[1]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 2"); + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h", &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 3"); ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/In columns"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("In columns")) { @@ -1354,6 +1421,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Grid"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Grid")) { @@ -1449,7 +1517,15 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() { struct TextFilters { - // Return 0 (pass) if the character is 'i' or 'm' or 'g' or 'u' or 'i' + // Modify character input by altering 'data->Eventchar' (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter callback) + static int FilterCasingSwap(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) + { + if (data->EventChar >= 'a' && data->EventChar <= 'z') { data->EventChar -= 'a' - 'A'; } // Lowercase becomes uppercase + else if (data->EventChar >= 'A' && data->EventChar <= 'Z') { data->EventChar += 'a' - 'A'; } // Uppercase becomes lowercase + return 0; + } + + // Return 0 (pass) if the character is 'i' or 'm' or 'g' or 'u' or 'i', otherwise return 1 (filter out) static int FilterImGuiLetters(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) { if (data->EventChar < 256 && strchr("imgui", (char)data->EventChar)) @@ -1458,12 +1534,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() } }; - static char buf1[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default", buf1, 64); - static char buf2[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); - static char buf3[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); - static char buf4[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); - static char buf5[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); - static char buf6[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\" letters", buf6, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters); + static char buf1[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default", buf1, 32); + static char buf2[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal", buf2, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); + static char buf3[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); + static char buf4[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); + static char buf5[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); + static char buf6[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("casing swap", buf6, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterCasingSwap); // Use CharFilter callback to replace characters. + static char buf7[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\"", buf7, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters); // Use CharFilter callback to disable some characters. ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -1478,6 +1555,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Completion, History, Edit Callbacks"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Completion, History, Edit Callbacks")) { struct Funcs @@ -1577,6 +1655,18 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::TreePop(); } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Miscellaneous"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Miscellaneous")) + { + static char buf1[16]; + static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo); + ImGui::InputText("Hello", buf1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf1), flags); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -2129,12 +2219,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 low", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_zero, &u32_fifty,"%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 high", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_hi_a, &u32_hi_b, "%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 full", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_min, &u32_max, "%u"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 low", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_zero, &s64_fifty,"%" IM_PRId64); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 high", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_hi_a, &s64_hi_b, "%" IM_PRId64); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 full", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_min, &s64_max, "%" IM_PRId64); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 low", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_zero, &u64_fifty,"%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 high", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_hi_a, &u64_hi_b, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 full", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_min, &u64_max, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 low", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_zero, &s64_fifty,"%" PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 high", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_hi_a, &s64_hi_b, "%" PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 full", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_min, &s64_max, "%" PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 low", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_zero, &u64_fifty,"%" PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 high", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_hi_a, &u64_hi_b, "%" PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 full", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_min, &u64_max, "%" PRIu64 " ms"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float low log", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_zero, &f32_one, "%.10f", ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider float high", ImGuiDataType_Float, &f32_v, &f32_lo_a, &f32_hi_a, "%e"); @@ -2147,8 +2237,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u8 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U8, &u8_v, &u8_max, &u8_min, "%u"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s32 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S32, &s32_v, &s32_fifty, &s32_zero, "%d"); ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u32 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U32, &u32_v, &u32_fifty, &u32_zero, "%u"); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_fifty, &s64_zero, "%" IM_PRId64); - ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_fifty, &u64_zero, "%" IM_PRIu64 " ms"); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider s64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_S64, &s64_v, &s64_fifty, &s64_zero, "%" PRId64); + ImGui::SliderScalar("slider u64 reverse", ImGuiDataType_U64, &u64_v, &u64_fifty, &u64_zero, "%" PRIu64 " ms"); IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types/Inputs"); static bool inputs_step = true; @@ -2425,8 +2515,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() if (item_type == 15){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } bool hovered_delay_none = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); + bool hovered_delay_stationary = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary); bool hovered_delay_short = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort); bool hovered_delay_normal = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal); + bool hovered_delay_tooltip = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip); // = Normal + Stationary // Display the values of IsItemHovered() and other common item state functions. // Note that the ImGuiHoveredFlags_XXX flags can be combined. @@ -2438,7 +2530,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() "IsItemHovered() = %d\n" "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem) = %d\n" - "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlapped) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow) = %d\n" "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenDisabled) = %d\n" "IsItemHovered(_RectOnly) = %d\n" "IsItemActive() = %d\n" @@ -2457,7 +2550,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), - ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped), + ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByItem), + ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlappedByWindow), ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled), ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly), ImGui::IsItemActive(), @@ -2473,7 +2567,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::GetItemRectSize().x, ImGui::GetItemRectSize().y ); ImGui::BulletText( - "w/ Hovering Delay: None = %d, Fast %d, Normal = %d", hovered_delay_none, hovered_delay_short, hovered_delay_normal); + "with Hovering Delay or Stationary test:\n" + "IsItemHovered() = = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_Stationary) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_DelayShort) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_DelayNormal) = %d\n" + "IsItemHovered(_Tooltip) = %d", + hovered_delay_none, hovered_delay_stationary, hovered_delay_short, hovered_delay_normal, hovered_delay_tooltip); if (item_disabled) ImGui::EndDisabled(); @@ -2534,7 +2634,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow|_NoPopupHierarchy) = %d\n" "IsWindowHovered(_RootWindow|_DockHierarchy) = %d\n" "IsWindowHovered(_ChildWindows|_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup) = %d\n" - "IsWindowHovered(_AnyWindow) = %d\n", + "IsWindowHovered(_AnyWindow) = %d\n" + "IsWindowHovered(_Stationary) = %d\n", ImGui::IsWindowHovered(), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem), @@ -2548,7 +2649,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets() ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy), ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup), - ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)); + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow), + ImGui::IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary)); ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 50), true); ImGui::Text("This is another child window for testing the _ChildWindows flag."); @@ -2794,11 +2896,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() // Text IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Basic Horizontal Layout/SameLine"); ImGui::Text("Two items: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor"); + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Sailor"); // Adjust spacing ImGui::Text("More spacing: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(0, 20); - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor"); + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1, 1, 0, 1), "Sailor"); // Button ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); @@ -2849,7 +2951,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::PushID(i); ImGui::ListBox("", &selection[i], items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); ImGui::PopID(); - //if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) ImGui::SetTooltip("ListBox %d hovered", i); + //ImGui::SetItemTooltip("ListBox %d hovered", i); } ImGui::PopItemWidth(); @@ -2902,8 +3004,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Button("EEE"); ImGui::EndGroup(); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("First group hovered"); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("First group hovered"); } // Capture the group size and create widgets using the same size ImVec2 size = ImGui::GetItemRectSize(); @@ -3397,6 +3498,36 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() ImGui::TreePop(); } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout/Overlap Mode"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Overlap Mode")) + { + static bool enable_allow_overlap = true; + + HelpMarker( + "Hit-testing is by default performed in item submission order, which generally is perceived as 'back-to-front'.\n\n" + "By using SetNextItemAllowOverlap() you can notify that an item may be overlapped by another. Doing so alters the hovering logic: items using AllowOverlap mode requires an extra frame to accept hovered state."); + ImGui::Checkbox("Enable AllowOverlap", &enable_allow_overlap); + + ImVec2 button1_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 button2_pos = ImVec2(button1_pos.x + 50.0f, button1_pos.y + 50.0f); + if (enable_allow_overlap) + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); + ImGui::Button("Button 1", ImVec2(80, 80)); + ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(button2_pos); + ImGui::Button("Button 2", ImVec2(80, 80)); + + // This is typically used with width-spanning items. + // (note that Selectable() has a dedicated flag ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap, which is a shortcut + // for using SetNextItemAllowOverlap(). For demo purpose we use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() here.) + if (enable_allow_overlap) + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); + ImGui::Selectable("Some Selectable", false); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("++"); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } } static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() @@ -3464,8 +3595,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() ImGui::Separator(); ImGui::Text("Tooltip here"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip over a popup"); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("I am a tooltip over a popup"); if (ImGui::Button("Stacked Popup")) ImGui::OpenPopup("another popup"); @@ -3549,8 +3679,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); ImGui::EndPopup(); } - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("Right-click to open popup"); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("Right-click to open popup"); } } @@ -3730,6 +3859,14 @@ struct MyItem // very often by the sorting algorithm it would be a little wasteful. static const ImGuiTableSortSpecs* s_current_sort_specs; + static void SortWithSortSpecs(ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs, MyItem* items, int items_count) + { + s_current_sort_specs = sort_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. + if (items_count > 1) + qsort(items, (size_t)items_count, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs); + s_current_sort_specs = NULL; + } + // Compare function to be used by qsort() static int IMGUI_CDECL CompareWithSortSpecs(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) { @@ -3802,7 +3939,7 @@ static void EditTableSizingFlags(ImGuiTableFlags* p_flags) } ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ImGui::BeginTooltip()) + if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) { ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 50.0f); for (int m = 0; m < IM_ARRAYSIZE(policies); m++) @@ -4725,9 +4862,9 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() if (ImGui::TreeNode("Row height")) { HelpMarker("You can pass a 'min_row_height' to TableNextRow().\n\nRows are padded with 'style.CellPadding.y' on top and bottom, so effectively the minimum row height will always be >= 'style.CellPadding.y * 2.0f'.\n\nWe cannot honor a _maximum_ row height as that would require a unique clipping rectangle per row."); - if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_row_height", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_BordersInnerV)) + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_row_height", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) { - for (int row = 0; row < 10; row++) + for (int row = 0; row < 8; row++) { float min_row_height = (float)(int)(TEXT_BASE_HEIGHT * 0.30f * row); ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None, min_row_height); @@ -4736,6 +4873,45 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() } ImGui::EndTable(); } + + HelpMarker("Showcase using SameLine(0,0) to share Current Line Height between cells.\n\nPlease note that Tables Row Height is not the same thing as Current Line Height, as a table cell may contains multiple lines."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_share_lineheight", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::ColorButton("##1", ImVec4(0.13f, 0.26f, 0.40f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_None, ImVec2(40, 40)); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Line 1"); + ImGui::Text("Line 2"); + + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::ColorButton("##2", ImVec4(0.13f, 0.26f, 0.40f, 1.0f), ImGuiColorEditFlags_None, ImVec2(40, 40)); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f); // Reuse line height from previous column + ImGui::Text("Line 1, with SameLine(0,0)"); + ImGui::Text("Line 2"); + + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + + HelpMarker("Showcase altering CellPadding.y between rows. Note that CellPadding.x is locked for the entire table."); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("table_changing_cellpadding_y", 1, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); + for (int row = 0; row < 8; row++) + { + if ((row % 3) == 2) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding, ImVec2(style.CellPadding.x, 20.0f)); + ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags_None); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("CellPadding.y = %.2f", style.CellPadding.y); + if ((row % 3) == 2) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -5227,14 +5403,11 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed! - if (ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sorts_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()) - if (sorts_specs->SpecsDirty) + if (ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs()) + if (sort_specs->SpecsDirty) { - MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = sorts_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. - if (items.Size > 1) - qsort(&items[0], (size_t)items.Size, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs); - MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; - sorts_specs->SpecsDirty = false; + MyItem::SortWithSortSpecs(sort_specs, items.Data, items.Size); + sort_specs->SpecsDirty = false; } // Demonstrate using clipper for large vertical lists @@ -5442,15 +5615,13 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(freeze_cols, freeze_rows); // Sort our data if sort specs have been changed! - ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sorts_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs(); - if (sorts_specs && sorts_specs->SpecsDirty) + ImGuiTableSortSpecs* sort_specs = ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs(); + if (sort_specs && sort_specs->SpecsDirty) items_need_sort = true; - if (sorts_specs && items_need_sort && items.Size > 1) + if (sort_specs && items_need_sort && items.Size > 1) { - MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = sorts_specs; // Store in variable accessible by the sort function. - qsort(&items[0], (size_t)items.Size, sizeof(items[0]), MyItem::CompareWithSortSpecs); - MyItem::s_current_sort_specs = NULL; - sorts_specs->SpecsDirty = false; + MyItem::SortWithSortSpecs(sort_specs, items.Data, items.Size); + sort_specs->SpecsDirty = false; } items_need_sort = false; @@ -5500,7 +5671,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f)); else if (contents_type == CT_Selectable || contents_type == CT_SelectableSpanRow) { - ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = (contents_type == CT_SelectableSpanRow) ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns | ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap : ImGuiSelectableFlags_None; + ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = (contents_type == CT_SelectableSpanRow) ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns | ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap : ImGuiSelectableFlags_None; if (ImGui::Selectable(label, item_is_selected, selectable_flags, ImVec2(0, row_min_height))) { if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) @@ -6003,10 +6174,11 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) return; } IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tools/About Dear ImGui"); - ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion()); + ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM); ImGui::Separator(); ImGui::Text("By Omar Cornut and all Dear ImGui contributors."); ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui is licensed under the MIT License, see LICENSE for more information."); + ImGui::Text("If your company uses this, please consider sponsoring the project!"); static bool show_config_info = false; ImGui::Checkbox("Config/Build Information", &show_config_info); @@ -6178,9 +6350,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowFontSelector(const char* label) ImFont* font_current = ImGui::GetFont(); if (ImGui::BeginCombo(label, font_current->GetDebugName())) { - for (int n = 0; n < io.Fonts->Fonts.Size; n++) + for (ImFont* font : io.Fonts->Fonts) { - ImFont* font = io.Fonts->Fonts[n]; ImGui::PushID((void*)font); if (ImGui::Selectable(font->GetDebugName(), font == font_current)) io.FontDefault = font; @@ -6302,11 +6473,28 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a selectable is larger than its text content."); ImGui::SliderFloat("SeparatorTextBorderSize", &style.SeparatorTextBorderSize, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("SeparatorTextAlign", (float*)&style.SeparatorTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("SeparatorTextPadding", (float*)&style.SeparatorTextPadding, 0.0f, 40.0f, "%0.f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("SeparatorTextPadding", (float*)&style.SeparatorTextPadding, 0.0f, 40.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("LogSliderDeadzone", &style.LogSliderDeadzone, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Docking"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("DockingSplitterSize", &style.DockingSeparatorSize, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Tooltips"); + for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) + if (ImGui::TreeNodeEx(n == 0 ? "HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse" : "HoverFlagsForTooltipNav")) + { + ImGuiHoveredFlags* p = (n == 0) ? &style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse : &style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay", p, ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::SeparatorText("Misc"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("DisplaySafeAreaPadding", (float*)&style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Adjust if you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV where scaling has not been configured)."); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); } @@ -6774,9 +6962,8 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(4, 1)); // Tighten spacing if (copy_to_clipboard) ImGui::LogToClipboard(); - for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++) + for (const char* item : Items) { - const char* item = Items[i]; if (!Filter.PassFilter(item)) continue; @@ -7265,6 +7452,7 @@ static void ShowPlaceholderObject(const char* prefix, int uid) } // Demonstrate create a simple property editor. +// This demo is a bit lackluster nowadays, would be nice to improve. static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open) { ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(430, 450), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); @@ -7273,23 +7461,24 @@ static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); return; } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Property Editor"); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Examples/Property Editor"); HelpMarker( "This example shows how you may implement a property editor using two columns.\n" - "All objects/fields data are dummies here.\n" - "Remember that in many simple cases, you can use ImGui::SameLine(xxx) to position\n" - "your cursor horizontally instead of using the Columns() API."); + "All objects/fields data are dummies here.\n"); ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2, 2)); - if (ImGui::BeginTable("split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable)) + if (ImGui::BeginTable("##split", 2, ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter | ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) { + ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(0, 1); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Object"); + ImGui::TableSetupColumn("Contents"); + ImGui::TableHeadersRow(); + // Iterate placeholder objects (all the same data) for (int obj_i = 0; obj_i < 4; obj_i++) - { ShowPlaceholderObject("Object", obj_i); - //ImGui::Separator(); - } + ImGui::EndTable(); } ImGui::PopStyleVar(); @@ -7836,6 +8025,43 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) ImGui::EndTabItem(); } + // Demonstrate out-of-order rendering via channels splitting + // We use functions in ImDrawList as each draw list contains a convenience splitter, + // but you can also instantiate your own ImDrawListSplitter if you need to nest them. + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Draw Channels")) + { + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + { + ImGui::Text("Blue shape is drawn first: appears in back"); + ImGui::Text("Red shape is drawn after: appears in front"); + ImVec2 p0 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p0.x, p0.y), ImVec2(p0.x + 50, p0.y + 50), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255)); // Blue + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p0.x + 25, p0.y + 25), ImVec2(p0.x + 75, p0.y + 75), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // Red + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(75, 75)); + } + ImGui::Separator(); + { + ImGui::Text("Blue shape is drawn first, into channel 1: appears in front"); + ImGui::Text("Red shape is drawn after, into channel 0: appears in back"); + ImVec2 p1 = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + + // Create 2 channels and draw a Blue shape THEN a Red shape. + // You can create any number of channels. Tables API use 1 channel per column in order to better batch draw calls. + draw_list->ChannelsSplit(2); + draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(1); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p1.x, p1.y), ImVec2(p1.x + 50, p1.y + 50), IM_COL32(0, 0, 255, 255)); // Blue + draw_list->ChannelsSetCurrent(0); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(p1.x + 25, p1.y + 25), ImVec2(p1.x + 75, p1.y + 75), IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // Red + + // Flatten/reorder channels. Red shape is in channel 0 and it appears below the Blue shape in channel 1. + // This works by copying draw indices only (vertices are not copied). + draw_list->ChannelsMerge(); + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2(75, 75)); + ImGui::Text("After reordering, contents of channel 0 appears below channel 1."); + } + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + ImGui::EndTabBar(); } @@ -7863,18 +8089,20 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) // your own implicit "Debug##2" window after calling DockSpace() and leave it in the window stack for anyone to use. void ShowExampleAppDockSpace(bool* p_open) { - // If you strip some features of, this demo is pretty much equivalent to calling DockSpaceOverViewport()! - // In most cases you should be able to just call DockSpaceOverViewport() and ignore all the code below! - // In this specific demo, we are not using DockSpaceOverViewport() because: - // - we allow the host window to be floating/moveable instead of filling the viewport (when opt_fullscreen == false) - // - we allow the host window to have padding (when opt_padding == true) - // - we have a local menu bar in the host window (vs. you could use BeginMainMenuBar() + DockSpaceOverViewport() in your code!) - // TL;DR; this demo is more complicated than what you would normally use. - // If we removed all the options we are showcasing, this demo would become: + // READ THIS !!! + // TL;DR; this demo is more complicated than what most users you would normally use. + // If we remove all options we are showcasing, this demo would become: // void ShowExampleAppDockSpace() // { // ImGui::DockSpaceOverViewport(ImGui::GetMainViewport()); // } + // In most cases you should be able to just call DockSpaceOverViewport() and ignore all the code below! + // In this specific demo, we are not using DockSpaceOverViewport() because: + // - (1) we allow the host window to be floating/moveable instead of filling the viewport (when opt_fullscreen == false) + // - (2) we allow the host window to have padding (when opt_padding == true) + // - (3) we expose many flags and need a way to have them visible. + // - (4) we have a local menu bar in the host window (vs. you could use BeginMainMenuBar() + DockSpaceOverViewport() + // in your code, but we don't here because we allow the window to be floating) static bool opt_fullscreen = true; static bool opt_padding = false; @@ -8052,12 +8280,11 @@ struct ExampleAppDocuments // Note that this completely optional, and only affect tab bars with the ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable flag. static void NotifyOfDocumentsClosedElsewhere(ExampleAppDocuments& app) { - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (!doc->Open && doc->OpenPrev) - ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(doc->Name); - doc->OpenPrev = doc->Open; + if (!doc.Open && doc.OpenPrev) + ImGui::SetTabItemClosed(doc.Name); + doc.OpenPrev = doc.Open; } } @@ -8096,23 +8323,19 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) { int open_count = 0; - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - open_count += app.Documents[doc_n].Open ? 1 : 0; + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) + open_count += doc.Open ? 1 : 0; if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Open", open_count < app.Documents.Size)) { - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (!doc->Open) - if (ImGui::MenuItem(doc->Name)) - doc->DoOpen(); - } + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) + if (!doc.Open && ImGui::MenuItem(doc.Name)) + doc.DoOpen(); ImGui::EndMenu(); } if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close All Documents", NULL, false, open_count > 0)) - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - app.Documents[doc_n].DoQueueClose(); + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) + doc.DoQueueClose(); if (ImGui::MenuItem("Exit", "Ctrl+F4") && p_open) *p_open = false; ImGui::EndMenu(); @@ -8123,13 +8346,13 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) // [Debug] List documents with one checkbox for each for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; + MyDocument& doc = app.Documents[doc_n]; if (doc_n > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(doc); - if (ImGui::Checkbox(doc->Name, &doc->Open)) - if (!doc->Open) - doc->DoForceClose(); + ImGui::PushID(&doc); + if (ImGui::Checkbox(doc.Name, &doc.Open)) + if (!doc.Open) + doc.DoForceClose(); ImGui::PopID(); } ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 12); @@ -8165,26 +8388,25 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) //if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) ImGui::SetTabItemSelected(docs[1].Name); // [DEBUG] Test SetTabItemSelected(), probably not very useful as-is anyway.. // Submit Tabs - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (!doc->Open) + if (!doc.Open) continue; - ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = (doc->Dirty ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0); - bool visible = ImGui::BeginTabItem(doc->Name, &doc->Open, tab_flags); + ImGuiTabItemFlags tab_flags = (doc.Dirty ? ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument : 0); + bool visible = ImGui::BeginTabItem(doc.Name, &doc.Open, tab_flags); // Cancel attempt to close when unsaved add to save queue so we can display a popup. - if (!doc->Open && doc->Dirty) + if (!doc.Open && doc.Dirty) { - doc->Open = true; - doc->DoQueueClose(); + doc.Open = true; + doc.DoQueueClose(); } - MyDocument::DisplayContextMenu(doc); + MyDocument::DisplayContextMenu(&doc); if (visible) { - MyDocument::DisplayContents(doc); + MyDocument::DisplayContents(&doc); ImGui::EndTabItem(); } } @@ -8245,15 +8467,12 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) if (close_queue.empty()) { // Close queue is locked once we started a popup - for (int doc_n = 0; doc_n < app.Documents.Size; doc_n++) - { - MyDocument* doc = &app.Documents[doc_n]; - if (doc->WantClose) + for (MyDocument& doc : app.Documents) + if (doc.WantClose) { - doc->WantClose = false; - close_queue.push_back(doc); + doc.WantClose = false; + close_queue.push_back(&doc); } - } } // Display closing confirmation UI @@ -8284,8 +8503,8 @@ void ShowExampleAppDocuments(bool* p_open) for (int n = 0; n < close_queue.Size; n++) if (close_queue[n]->Dirty) ImGui::Text("%s", close_queue[n]->Name); - ImGui::EndChildFrame(); } + ImGui::EndChildFrame(); ImVec2 button_size(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 7.0f, 0.0f); if (ImGui::Button("Yes", button_size)) diff --git a/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp b/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp index 6082f10f..8ee5cfdf 100644 --- a/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp +++ b/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.5 +// dear imgui, v1.89.9 // (drawing and font code) /* @@ -63,6 +63,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-identifier" // warning: identifier '_Xxx' is reserved because it starts with '_' followed by a capital letter #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used @@ -566,7 +567,7 @@ int ImDrawList::_CalcCircleAutoSegmentCount(float radius) const { // Automatic segment count const int radius_idx = (int)(radius + 0.999999f); // ceil to never reduce accuracy - if (radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts)) + if (radius_idx >= 0 && radius_idx < IM_ARRAYSIZE(_Data->CircleSegmentCounts)) return _Data->CircleSegmentCounts[radius_idx]; // Use cached value else return IM_DRAWLIST_CIRCLE_AUTO_SEGMENT_CALC(radius, _Data->CircleSegmentMaxError); @@ -1354,10 +1355,12 @@ static inline ImDrawFlags FixRectCornerFlags(ImDrawFlags flags) void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, ImDrawFlags flags) { - flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags); - rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); - rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * ( ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f); - + if (rounding >= 0.5f) + { + flags = FixRectCornerFlags(flags); + rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.x - a.x) * (((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersTop) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersBottom) ? 0.5f : 1.0f) - 1.0f); + rounding = ImMin(rounding, ImFabs(b.y - a.y) * (((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersLeft) || ((flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersRight) ? 0.5f : 1.0f) - 1.0f); + } if (rounding < 0.5f || (flags & ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersMask_) == ImDrawFlags_RoundCornersNone) { PathLineTo(a); @@ -1814,6 +1817,63 @@ void ImDrawListSplitter::SetCurrentChannel(ImDrawList* draw_list, int idx) // [SECTION] ImDrawData //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +void ImDrawData::Clear() +{ + Valid = false; + CmdListsCount = TotalIdxCount = TotalVtxCount = 0; + CmdLists.resize(0); // The ImDrawList are NOT owned by ImDrawData but e.g. by ImGuiContext, so we don't clear them. + DisplayPos = DisplaySize = FramebufferScale = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + OwnerViewport = NULL; +} + +// Important: 'out_list' is generally going to be draw_data->CmdLists, but may be another temporary list +// as long at it is expected that the result will be later merged into draw_data->CmdLists[]. +void ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(ImDrawData* draw_data, ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list) +{ + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 0) + return; + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size == 1 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].ElemCount == 0 && draw_list->CmdBuffer[0].UserCallback == NULL) + return; + + // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc. + // May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly. + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); + if (!(draw_list->Flags & ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset)) + IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); + + // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window) + // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually: + // - First, make sure you are coarse clipping yourself and not trying to draw many things outside visible bounds. + // Be mindful that the lower-level ImDrawList API doesn't filter vertices. Use the Metrics/Debugger window to inspect draw list contents. + // - If you want large meshes with more than 64K vertices, you can either: + // (A) Handle the ImDrawCmd::VtxOffset value in your renderer backend, and set 'io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset'. + // Most example backends already support this from 1.71. Pre-1.71 backends won't. + // Some graphics API such as GL ES 1/2 don't have a way to offset the starting vertex so it is not supported for them. + // (B) Or handle 32-bit indices in your renderer backend, and uncomment '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h. + // Most example backends already support this. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time: + // glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset); + // Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes. + // 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most graphics API. + // - If for some reason neither of those solutions works for you, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching + // the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists. + if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2) + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above"); + + // Add to output list + records state in ImDrawData + out_list->push_back(draw_list); + draw_data->CmdListsCount++; + draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; + draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size; +} + +void ImDrawData::AddDrawList(ImDrawList* draw_list) +{ + IM_ASSERT(CmdLists.Size == CmdListsCount); + draw_list->_PopUnusedDrawCmd(); + ImGui::AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(this, &CmdLists, draw_list); +} + // For backward compatibility: convert all buffers from indexed to de-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering! void ImDrawData::DeIndexAllBuffers() { @@ -1838,15 +1898,9 @@ void ImDrawData::DeIndexAllBuffers() // or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution. void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& fb_scale) { - for (int i = 0; i < CmdListsCount; i++) - { - ImDrawList* cmd_list = CmdLists[i]; - for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++) - { - ImDrawCmd* cmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i]; - cmd->ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd->ClipRect.x * fb_scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.y * fb_scale.y, cmd->ClipRect.z * fb_scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.w * fb_scale.y); - } - } + for (ImDrawList* draw_list : CmdLists) + for (ImDrawCmd& cmd : draw_list->CmdBuffer) + cmd.ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd.ClipRect.x * fb_scale.x, cmd.ClipRect.y * fb_scale.y, cmd.ClipRect.z * fb_scale.x, cmd.ClipRect.w * fb_scale.y); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1910,7 +1964,7 @@ ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true; - OversampleH = 3; // FIXME: 2 may be a better default? + OversampleH = 2; OversampleV = 1; GlyphMaxAdvanceX = FLT_MAX; RasterizerMultiply = 1.0f; @@ -1987,19 +2041,19 @@ ImFontAtlas::~ImFontAtlas() void ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData() { IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); - for (int i = 0; i < ConfigData.Size; i++) - if (ConfigData[i].FontData && ConfigData[i].FontDataOwnedByAtlas) + for (ImFontConfig& font_cfg : ConfigData) + if (font_cfg.FontData && font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas) { - IM_FREE(ConfigData[i].FontData); - ConfigData[i].FontData = NULL; + IM_FREE(font_cfg.FontData); + font_cfg.FontData = NULL; } // When clearing this we lose access to the font name and other information used to build the font. - for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++) - if (Fonts[i]->ConfigData >= ConfigData.Data && Fonts[i]->ConfigData < ConfigData.Data + ConfigData.Size) + for (ImFont* font : Fonts) + if (font->ConfigData >= ConfigData.Data && font->ConfigData < ConfigData.Data + ConfigData.Size) { - Fonts[i]->ConfigData = NULL; - Fonts[i]->ConfigDataCount = 0; + font->ConfigData = NULL; + font->ConfigDataCount = 0; } ConfigData.clear(); CustomRects.clear(); @@ -2559,13 +2613,10 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) // 9. Setup ImFont and glyphs for runtime for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) { - ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; - if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0) - continue; - // When merging fonts with MergeMode=true: // - We can have multiple input fonts writing into a same destination font. // - dst_font->ConfigData is != from cfg which is our source configuration. + ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont; @@ -2629,6 +2680,9 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opa ImVector& user_rects = atlas->CustomRects; IM_ASSERT(user_rects.Size >= 1); // We expect at least the default custom rects to be registered, else something went wrong. +#ifdef __GNUC__ + if (user_rects.Size < 1) { __builtin_unreachable(); } // Workaround for GCC bug if IM_ASSERT() is defined to conditionally throw (see #5343) +#endif ImVector pack_rects; pack_rects.resize(user_rects.Size); @@ -2804,9 +2858,9 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas) } // Build all fonts lookup tables - for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++) - if (atlas->Fonts[i]->DirtyLookupTables) - atlas->Fonts[i]->BuildLookupTable(); + for (ImFont* font : atlas->Fonts) + if (font->DirtyLookupTables) + font->BuildLookupTable(); atlas->TexReady = true; } @@ -3206,7 +3260,25 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable() SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)' ', false); SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)'\t', false); - // Ellipsis character is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis). + // Setup Fallback character + const ImWchar fallback_chars[] = { (ImWchar)IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID, (ImWchar)'?', (ImWchar)' ' }; + FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar); + if (FallbackGlyph == NULL) + { + FallbackChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, fallback_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fallback_chars)); + FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar); + if (FallbackGlyph == NULL) + { + FallbackGlyph = &Glyphs.back(); + FallbackChar = (ImWchar)FallbackGlyph->Codepoint; + } + } + FallbackAdvanceX = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX; + for (int i = 0; i < max_codepoint + 1; i++) + if (IndexAdvanceX[i] < 0.0f) + IndexAdvanceX[i] = FallbackAdvanceX; + + // Setup Ellipsis character. It is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis). // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character. // FIXME: Note that 0x2026 is rarely included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots. const ImWchar ellipsis_chars[] = { (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 }; @@ -3227,25 +3299,6 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable() EllipsisCharStep = (glyph->X1 - glyph->X0) + 1.0f; EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep * 3.0f - 1.0f; } - - // Setup fallback character - const ImWchar fallback_chars[] = { (ImWchar)IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID, (ImWchar)'?', (ImWchar)' ' }; - FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar); - if (FallbackGlyph == NULL) - { - FallbackChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, fallback_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fallback_chars)); - FallbackGlyph = FindGlyphNoFallback(FallbackChar); - if (FallbackGlyph == NULL) - { - FallbackGlyph = &Glyphs.back(); - FallbackChar = (ImWchar)FallbackGlyph->Codepoint; - } - } - - FallbackAdvanceX = FallbackGlyph->AdvanceX; - for (int i = 0; i < max_codepoint + 1; i++) - if (IndexAdvanceX[i] < 0.0f) - IndexAdvanceX[i] = FallbackAdvanceX; } // API is designed this way to avoid exposing the 4K page size diff --git a/imgui/imgui_internal.h b/imgui/imgui_internal.h index 1c896789..65ece10a 100644 --- a/imgui/imgui_internal.h +++ b/imgui/imgui_internal.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.5 +// dear imgui, v1.89.9 // (internal structures/api) // You may use this file to debug, understand or extend Dear ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility. @@ -139,6 +139,7 @@ struct ImGuiLastItemData; // Status storage for last submitted items struct ImGuiLocEntry; // A localization entry. struct ImGuiMenuColumns; // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only struct ImGuiNavItemData; // Result of a gamepad/keyboard directional navigation move query result +struct ImGuiNavTreeNodeData; // Temporary storage for last TreeNode() being a Left arrow landing candidate. struct ImGuiMetricsConfig; // Storage for ShowMetricsWindow() and DebugNodeXXX() functions struct ImGuiNextWindowData; // Storage for SetNextWindow** functions struct ImGuiNextItemData; // Storage for SetNextItem** functions @@ -169,6 +170,7 @@ typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_ // E // Flags typedef int ImGuiActivateFlags; // -> enum ImGuiActivateFlags_ // Flags: for navigation/focus function (will be for ActivateItem() later) typedef int ImGuiDebugLogFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDebugLogFlags_ // Flags: for ShowDebugLogWindow(), g.DebugLogFlags +typedef int ImGuiFocusRequestFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_ // Flags: for FocusWindow(); typedef int ImGuiInputFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputFlags_ // Flags: for IsKeyPressed(), IsMouseClicked(), SetKeyOwner(), SetItemKeyOwner() etc. typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag(), g.LastItemData.InFlags typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for g.LastItemData.StatusFlags @@ -277,6 +279,8 @@ namespace ImStb #define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255 #define IM_FLOOR(_VAL) ((float)(int)(_VAL)) // ImFloor() is not inlined in MSVC debug builds #define IM_ROUND(_VAL) ((float)(int)((_VAL) + 0.5f)) // +#define IM_STRINGIFY_HELPER(_X) #_X +#define IM_STRINGIFY(_X) IM_STRINGIFY_HELPER(_X) // Preprocessor idiom to stringify e.g. an integer. // Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall #ifdef _MSC_VER @@ -488,7 +492,6 @@ IMGUI_API bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, c IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); IMGUI_API void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w); inline float ImTriangleArea(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c) { return ImFabs((a.x * (b.y - c.y)) + (b.x * (c.y - a.y)) + (c.x * (a.y - b.y))) * 0.5f; } -IMGUI_API ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy); // Helper: ImVec1 (1D vector) // (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D, and the maintenance of some branches/patches) @@ -780,12 +783,10 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData struct ImDrawDataBuilder { - ImVector Layers[2]; // Global layers for: regular, tooltip + ImVector* Layers[2]; // Pointers to global layers for: regular, tooltip. LayersP[0] is owned by DrawData. + ImVector LayerData1; - void Clear() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].resize(0); } - void ClearFreeMemory() { for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) Layers[n].clear(); } - int GetDrawListCount() const { int count = 0; for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); n++) count += Layers[n].Size; return count; } - IMGUI_API void FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); + ImDrawDataBuilder() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -810,6 +811,7 @@ enum ImGuiItemFlags_ ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue = 1 << 6, // false // [BETA] Represent a mixed/indeterminate value, generally multi-selection where values differ. Currently only supported by Checkbox() (later should support all sorts of widgets) ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 7, // false // [ALPHA] Allow hovering interactions but underlying value is not changed. ImGuiItemFlags_NoWindowHoverableCheck = 1 << 8, // false // Disable hoverable check in ItemHoverable() + ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 9, // false // Allow being overlapped by another widget. Not-hovered to Hovered transition deferred by a frame. // Controlled by widget code ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable = 1 << 10, // false // [WIP] Auto-activate input mode when tab focused. Currently only used and supported by a few items before it becomes a generic feature. @@ -841,6 +843,14 @@ enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ #endif }; +// Extend ImGuiHoveredFlags_ +enum ImGuiHoveredFlagsPrivate_ +{ + ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayMask_ = ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay, + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsWindowHovered = ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows | ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoPopupHierarchy | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DockHierarchy | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary, + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowedMaskForIsItemHovered = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoNavOverride | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip | ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary | ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayMask_, +}; + // Extend ImGuiInputTextFlags_ enum ImGuiInputTextFlagsPrivate_ { @@ -861,7 +871,7 @@ enum ImGuiButtonFlagsPrivate_ ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold = 1 << 9, // return true when held into while we are drag and dropping another item (used by e.g. tree nodes, collapsing headers) ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat = 1 << 10, // hold to repeat ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren = 1 << 11, // allow interactions even if a child window is overlapping - ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap = 1 << 12, // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable, use along with SetItemAllowOverlap() + ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap = 1 << 12, // require previous frame HoveredId to either match id or be null before being usable. ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 13, // disable automatically closing parent popup on press // [UNUSED] //ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled = 1 << 14, // disable interactions -> use BeginDisabled() or ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine = 1 << 15, // vertically align button to match text baseline - ButtonEx() only // FIXME: Should be removed and handled by SmallButton(), not possible currently because of DC.CursorPosPrevLine @@ -885,7 +895,7 @@ enum ImGuiComboFlagsPrivate_ enum ImGuiSliderFlagsPrivate_ { ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical = 1 << 20, // Should this slider be orientated vertically? - ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 21, + ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 21, // Consider using g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly instead. }; // Extend ImGuiSelectableFlags_ @@ -906,6 +916,7 @@ enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_ enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlagsPrivate_ { ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton = 1 << 20, + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow = 1 << 21,// (FIXME-WIP) Turn Down arrow into an Up arrow, but reversed trees (#6517) }; enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ @@ -913,7 +924,17 @@ enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None = 0, ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal = 1 << 0, // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical = 1 << 1, - ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 2, + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 2, // Make separator cover all columns of a legacy Columns() set. +}; + +// Flags for FocusWindow(). This is not called ImGuiFocusFlags to avoid confusion with public-facing ImGuiFocusedFlags. +// FIXME: Once we finishing replacing more uses of GetTopMostPopupModal()+IsWindowWithinBeginStackOf() +// and FindBlockingModal() with this, we may want to change the flag to be opt-out instead of opt-in. +enum ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_ +{ + ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_None = 0, + ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild = 1 << 0, // Find last focused child (if any) and focus it instead. + ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal = 1 << 1, // Do not set focus if the window is below a modal. }; enum ImGuiTextFlags_ @@ -925,7 +946,7 @@ enum ImGuiTextFlags_ enum ImGuiTooltipFlags_ { ImGuiTooltipFlags_None = 0, - ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip = 1 << 0, // Override will clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append) + ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious = 1 << 1, // Clear/ignore previously submitted tooltip (defaults to append) }; // FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet. @@ -1176,13 +1197,14 @@ enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ struct ImGuiNextItemData { ImGuiNextItemDataFlags Flags; + ImGuiItemFlags ItemFlags; // Currently only tested/used for ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap. float Width; // Set by SetNextItemWidth() ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Set by SetNextItemMultiSelectData() (!= 0 signify value has been set, so it's an alternate version of HasSelectionData, we don't use Flags for this because they are cleared too early. This is mostly used for debugging) ImGuiCond OpenCond; bool OpenVal; // Set by SetNextItemOpen() ImGuiNextItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } - inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()! + inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_None; ItemFlags = ImGuiItemFlags_None; } // Also cleared manually by ItemAdd()! }; // Status storage for the last submitted item @@ -1198,6 +1220,16 @@ struct ImGuiLastItemData ImGuiLastItemData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; +// Store data emitted by TreeNode() for usage by TreePop() to implement ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere. +// This is the minimum amount of data that we need to perform the equivalent of NavApplyItemToResult() and which we can't infer in TreePop() +// Only stored when the node is a potential candidate for landing on a Left arrow jump. +struct ImGuiNavTreeNodeData +{ + ImGuiID ID; + ImGuiItemFlags InFlags; + ImRect NavRect; +}; + struct IMGUI_API ImGuiStackSizes { short SizeOfIDStack; @@ -1415,6 +1447,7 @@ enum ImGuiInputFlags_ // [SECTION] Clipper support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Note that Max is exclusive, so perhaps should be using a Begin/End convention. struct ImGuiListClipperRange { int Min; @@ -1483,15 +1516,18 @@ enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY = 1 << 1, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX = 1 << 2, // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left) ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY = 1 << 3, // This is not super useful but provided for completeness + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapMask_ = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId = 1 << 4, // Allow scoring and considering the current NavId as a move target candidate. This is used when the move source is offset (e.g. pressing PageDown actually needs to send a Up move request, if we are pressing PageDown from the bottom-most item we need to stay in place) ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet = 1 << 5, // Store alternate result in NavMoveResultLocalVisible that only comprise elements that are already fully visible (used by PageUp/PageDown) ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ScrollToEdgeY = 1 << 6, // Force scrolling to min/max (used by Home/End) // FIXME-NAV: Aim to remove or reword, probably unnecessary ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Forwarded = 1 << 7, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DebugNoResult = 1 << 8, // Dummy scoring for debug purpose, don't apply result - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi = 1 << 9, - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Tabbing = 1 << 10, // == Focus + Activate if item is Inputable + DontChangeNavHighlight - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate = 1 << 11, - ImGuiNavMoveFlags_DontSetNavHighlight = 1 << 12, // Do not alter the visible state of keyboard vs mouse nav highlight + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_FocusApi = 1 << 9, // Requests from focus API can land/focus/activate items even if they are marked with _NoTabStop (see NavProcessItemForTabbingRequest() for details) + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsTabbing = 1 << 10, // == Focus + Activate if item is Inputable + DontChangeNavHighlight + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_IsPageMove = 1 << 11, // Identify a PageDown/PageUp request. + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_Activate = 1 << 12, // Activate/select target item. + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSelect = 1 << 13, // Don't trigger selection by not setting g.NavJustMovedTo + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_NoSetNavHighlight = 1 << 14, // Do not alter the visible state of keyboard vs mouse nav highlight }; enum ImGuiNavLayer @@ -1661,6 +1697,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiDockNode ImGuiID LastFocusedNodeId; // [Root node only] Which of our child docking node (any ancestor in the hierarchy) was last focused. ImGuiID SelectedTabId; // [Leaf node only] Which of our tab/window is selected. ImGuiID WantCloseTabId; // [Leaf node only] Set when closing a specific tab/window. + ImGuiID RefViewportId; // Reference viewport ID from visible window when HostWindow == NULL. ImGuiDataAuthority AuthorityForPos :3; ImGuiDataAuthority AuthorityForSize :3; ImGuiDataAuthority AuthorityForViewport :3; @@ -1742,10 +1779,10 @@ struct ImGuiViewportP : public ImGuiViewport float LastAlpha; bool LastFocusedHadNavWindow;// Instead of maintaining a LastFocusedWindow (which may harder to correctly maintain), we merely store weither NavWindow != NULL last time the viewport was focused. short PlatformMonitor; - int DrawListsLastFrame[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used - ImDrawList* DrawLists[2]; // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays. + int BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[2]; // Last frame number the background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists were used + ImDrawList* BgFgDrawLists[2]; // Convenience background (0) and foreground (1) draw lists. We use them to draw software mouser cursor when io.MouseDrawCursor is set and to draw most debug overlays. ImDrawData DrawDataP; - ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder; + ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder; // Temporary data while building final ImDrawData ImVec2 LastPlatformPos; ImVec2 LastPlatformSize; ImVec2 LastRendererSize; @@ -1754,8 +1791,8 @@ struct ImGuiViewportP : public ImGuiViewport ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMin; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally >= 0.0f. ImVec2 BuildWorkOffsetMax; // Work Area: Offset being built during current frame. Generally <= 0.0f. - ImGuiViewportP() { Window = NULL; Idx = -1; LastFrameActive = DrawListsLastFrame[0] = DrawListsLastFrame[1] = LastFocusedStampCount = -1; LastNameHash = 0; Alpha = LastAlpha = 1.0f; LastFocusedHadNavWindow = false; PlatformMonitor = -1; Window = NULL; DrawLists[0] = DrawLists[1] = NULL; LastPlatformPos = LastPlatformSize = LastRendererSize = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); } - ~ImGuiViewportP() { if (DrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[0]); if (DrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(DrawLists[1]); } + ImGuiViewportP() { Window = NULL; Idx = -1; LastFrameActive = BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[0] = BgFgDrawListsLastFrame[1] = LastFocusedStampCount = -1; LastNameHash = 0; Alpha = LastAlpha = 1.0f; LastFocusedHadNavWindow = false; PlatformMonitor = -1; BgFgDrawLists[0] = BgFgDrawLists[1] = NULL; LastPlatformPos = LastPlatformSize = LastRendererSize = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); } + ~ImGuiViewportP() { if (BgFgDrawLists[0]) IM_DELETE(BgFgDrawLists[0]); if (BgFgDrawLists[1]) IM_DELETE(BgFgDrawLists[1]); } void ClearRequestFlags() { PlatformRequestClose = PlatformRequestMove = PlatformRequestResize = false; } // Calculate work rect pos/size given a set of offset (we have 1 pair of offset for rect locked from last frame data, and 1 pair for currently building rect) @@ -1816,6 +1853,7 @@ struct ImGuiSettingsHandler // This is experimental and not officially supported, it'll probably fall short of features, if/when it does we may backtrack. enum ImGuiLocKey : int { + ImGuiLocKey_VersionStr, ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeOne, ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllFit, ImGuiLocKey_TableSizeAllDefault, @@ -1824,6 +1862,7 @@ enum ImGuiLocKey : int ImGuiLocKey_WindowingPopup, ImGuiLocKey_WindowingUntitled, ImGuiLocKey_DockingHideTabBar, + ImGuiLocKey_DockingHoldShiftToDock, ImGuiLocKey_COUNT }; @@ -2023,6 +2062,8 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImVectorGroupStack; // Stack for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() - not inherited by Begin() ImVectorOpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent) ImVectorBeginPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame) + ImVector NavTreeNodeStack; // Stack for TreeNode() when a NavLeft requested is emitted. + int BeginMenuCount; // Viewports @@ -2033,6 +2074,8 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiViewportP* MouseLastHoveredViewport; // Last known viewport that was hovered by mouse (even if we are not hovering any viewport any more) + honoring the _NoInputs flag. ImGuiID PlatformLastFocusedViewportId; ImGuiPlatformMonitor FallbackMonitor; // Virtual monitor used as fallback if backend doesn't provide monitor information. + int ViewportCreatedCount; // Unique sequential creation counter (mostly for testing/debugging) + int PlatformWindowsCreatedCount; // Unique sequential creation counter (mostly for testing/debugging) int ViewportFocusedStampCount; // Every time the front-most window changes, we stamp its viewport with an incrementing counter // Gamepad/keyboard Navigation @@ -2059,8 +2102,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext bool NavAnyRequest; // ~~ NavMoveRequest || NavInitRequest this is to perform early out in ItemAdd() bool NavInitRequest; // Init request for appearing window to select first item bool NavInitRequestFromMove; - ImGuiID NavInitResultId; // Init request result (first item of the window, or one for which SetItemDefaultFocus() was called) - ImRect NavInitResultRectRel; // Init request result rectangle (relative to parent window) + ImGuiNavItemData NavInitResult; // Init request result (first item of the window, or one for which SetItemDefaultFocus() was called) bool NavMoveSubmitted; // Move request submitted, will process result on next NewFrame() bool NavMoveScoringItems; // Move request submitted, still scoring incoming items bool NavMoveForwardToNextFrame; @@ -2094,7 +2136,6 @@ struct ImGuiContext // Render float DimBgRatio; // 0.0..1.0 animation when fading in a dimming background (for modal window and CTRL+TAB list) - ImGuiMouseCursor MouseCursor; // Drag and Drop bool DragDropActive; @@ -2134,13 +2175,19 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImVector ShrinkWidthBuffer; // Hover Delay system - ImGuiID HoverDelayId; - ImGuiID HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame; - float HoverDelayTimer; // Currently used IsItemHovered(), generally inferred from g.HoveredIdTimer but kept uncleared until clear timer elapse. - float HoverDelayClearTimer; // Currently used IsItemHovered(): grace time before g.TooltipHoverTimer gets cleared. + ImGuiID HoverItemDelayId; + ImGuiID HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame; + float HoverItemDelayTimer; // Currently used by IsItemHovered() + float HoverItemDelayClearTimer; // Currently used by IsItemHovered(): grace time before g.TooltipHoverTimer gets cleared. + ImGuiID HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId; // Mouse has once been stationary on this item. Only reset after departing the item. + ImGuiID HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId; // Mouse has once been stationary on this window. Only reset after departing the window. + + // Mouse state + ImGuiMouseCursor MouseCursor; + float MouseStationaryTimer; // Time the mouse has been stationary (with some loose heuristic) + ImVec2 MouseLastValidPos; // Widget state - ImVec2 MouseLastValidPos; ImGuiInputTextState InputTextState; ImGuiInputTextDeactivatedState InputTextDeactivatedState; ImFont InputTextPasswordFont; @@ -2162,6 +2209,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext float ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter; // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage? float DisabledAlphaBackup; // Backup for style.Alpha for BeginDisabled() short DisabledStackSize; + short LockMarkEdited; short TooltipOverrideCount; ImVector ClipboardHandlerData; // If no custom clipboard handler is defined ImVector MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame; // A list of menu IDs that were rendered at least once @@ -2170,7 +2218,6 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeData; // Data updated by current frame ImGuiPlatformImeData PlatformImeDataPrev; // Previous frame data (when changing we will call io.SetPlatformImeDataFn ImGuiID PlatformImeViewport; - char PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; // '.' or *localeconv()->decimal_point // Extensions // FIXME: We could provide an API to register one slot in an array held in ImGuiContext? @@ -2297,6 +2344,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext CurrentViewport = NULL; MouseViewport = MouseLastHoveredViewport = NULL; PlatformLastFocusedViewportId = 0; + ViewportCreatedCount = PlatformWindowsCreatedCount = 0; ViewportFocusedStampCount = 0; NavWindow = NULL; @@ -2313,7 +2361,6 @@ struct ImGuiContext NavAnyRequest = false; NavInitRequest = false; NavInitRequestFromMove = false; - NavInitResultId = 0; NavMoveSubmitted = false; NavMoveScoringItems = false; NavMoveForwardToNextFrame = false; @@ -2332,7 +2379,6 @@ struct ImGuiContext NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; DimBgRatio = 0.0f; - MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; DragDropActive = DragDropWithinSource = DragDropWithinTarget = false; DragDropSourceFlags = ImGuiDragDropFlags_None; @@ -2352,8 +2398,11 @@ struct ImGuiContext TablesTempDataStacked = 0; CurrentTabBar = NULL; - HoverDelayId = HoverDelayIdPreviousFrame = 0; - HoverDelayTimer = HoverDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; + HoverItemDelayId = HoverItemDelayIdPreviousFrame = HoverItemUnlockedStationaryId = HoverWindowUnlockedStationaryId = 0; + HoverItemDelayTimer = HoverItemDelayClearTimer = 0.0f; + + MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; + MouseStationaryTimer = 0.0f; TempInputId = 0; ColorEditOptions = ImGuiColorEditFlags_DefaultOptions_; @@ -2369,12 +2418,12 @@ struct ImGuiContext ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = 0.0f; DisabledAlphaBackup = 0.0f; DisabledStackSize = 0; + LockMarkEdited = 0; TooltipOverrideCount = 0; PlatformImeData.InputPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); PlatformImeDataPrev.InputPos = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f); // Different to ensure initial submission PlatformImeViewport = 0; - PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = '.'; DockNodeWindowMenuHandler = NULL; @@ -2434,14 +2483,15 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData ImVec1 Indent; // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.) ImVec1 ColumnsOffset; // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API. ImVec1 GroupOffset; - ImVec2 CursorStartPosLossyness;// Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos due to really large scrolling amount. This is used by clipper to compensentate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. + ImVec2 CursorStartPosLossyness;// Record the loss of precision of CursorStartPos due to really large scrolling amount. This is used by clipper to compensate and fix the most common use case of large scroll area. // Keyboard/Gamepad navigation ImGuiNavLayer NavLayerCurrent; // Current layer, 0..31 (we currently only use 0..1) short NavLayersActiveMask; // Which layers have been written to (result from previous frame) short NavLayersActiveMaskNext;// Which layers have been written to (accumulator for current frame) + bool NavIsScrollPushableX; // Set when current work location may be scrolled horizontally when moving left / right. This is generally always true UNLESS within a column. bool NavHideHighlightOneFrame; - bool NavHasScroll; // Set when scrolling can be used (ScrollMax > 0.0f) + bool NavWindowHasScrollY; // Set per window when scrolling can be used (== ScrollMax.y > 0.0f) // Miscellaneous bool MenuBarAppending; // FIXME: Remove this @@ -2571,6 +2621,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImGuiWindow* NavLastChildNavWindow; // When going to the menu bar, we remember the child window we came from. (This could probably be made implicit if we kept g.Windows sorted by last focused including child window.) ImGuiID NavLastIds[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Last known NavId for this window, per layer (0/1) ImRect NavRectRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Reference rectangle, in window relative space + ImVec2 NavPreferredScoringPosRel[ImGuiNavLayer_COUNT]; // Preferred X/Y position updated when moving on a given axis, reset to FLT_MAX. ImGuiID NavRootFocusScopeId; // Focus Scope ID at the time of Begin() int MemoryDrawListIdxCapacity; // Backup of last idx/vtx count, so when waking up the window we can preallocate and avoid iterative alloc/copy @@ -2699,7 +2750,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTabBar typedef ImS16 ImGuiTableColumnIdx; typedef ImU16 ImGuiTableDrawChannelIdx; -// [Internal] sizeof() ~ 104 +// [Internal] sizeof() ~ 112 // We use the terminology "Enabled" to refer to a column that is not Hidden by user/api. // We use the terminology "Clipped" to refer to a column that is out of sight because of scrolling/clipping. // This is in contrast with some user-facing api such as IsItemVisible() / IsRectVisible() which use "Visible" to mean "not clipped". @@ -2745,7 +2796,7 @@ struct ImGuiTableColumn ImU8 SortDirection : 2; // ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending or ImGuiSortDirection_Descending ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailCount : 2; // Number of available sort directions (0 to 3) ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailMask : 4; // Mask of available sort directions (1-bit each) - ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailList; // Ordered of available sort directions (2-bits each) + ImU8 SortDirectionsAvailList; // Ordered list of available sort directions (2-bits each, total 8-bits) ImGuiTableColumn() { @@ -2775,11 +2826,14 @@ struct ImGuiTableInstanceData float LastOuterHeight; // Outer height from last frame float LastFirstRowHeight; // Height of first row from last frame (FIXME: this is used as "header height" and may be reworked) float LastFrozenHeight; // Height of frozen section from last frame + int HoveredRowLast; // Index of row which was hovered last frame. + int HoveredRowNext; // Index of row hovered this frame, set after encountering it. - ImGuiTableInstanceData() { TableInstanceID = 0; LastOuterHeight = LastFirstRowHeight = LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; } + ImGuiTableInstanceData() { TableInstanceID = 0; LastOuterHeight = LastFirstRowHeight = LastFrozenHeight = 0.0f; HoveredRowLast = HoveredRowNext = -1; } }; // FIXME-TABLE: more transient data could be stored in a stacked ImGuiTableTempData: e.g. SortSpecs, incoming RowData +// sizeof() ~ 580 bytes + heap allocs described in TableBeginInitMemory() struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable { ImGuiID ID; @@ -2803,6 +2857,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable float RowPosY1; float RowPosY2; float RowMinHeight; // Height submitted to TableNextRow() + float RowCellPaddingY; // Top and bottom padding. Reloaded during row change. float RowTextBaseline; float RowIndentOffsetX; ImGuiTableRowFlags RowFlags : 16; // Current row flags, see ImGuiTableRowFlags_ @@ -2816,9 +2871,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable float HostIndentX; float MinColumnWidth; float OuterPaddingX; - float CellPaddingX; // Padding from each borders - float CellPaddingY; - float CellSpacingX1; // Spacing between non-bordered cells + float CellPaddingX; // Padding from each borders. Locked in BeginTable()/Layout. + float CellSpacingX1; // Spacing between non-bordered cells. Locked in BeginTable()/Layout. float CellSpacingX2; float InnerWidth; // User value passed to BeginTable(), see comments at the top of BeginTable() for details. float ColumnsGivenWidth; // Sum of current column width @@ -2895,6 +2949,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable // Transient data that are only needed between BeginTable() and EndTable(), those buffers are shared (1 per level of stacked table). // - Accessing those requires chasing an extra pointer so for very frequently used data we leave them in the main table structure. // - We also leave out of this structure data that tend to be particularly useful for debugging/metrics. +// sizeof() ~ 112 bytes. struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTableTempData { int TableIndex; // Index in g.Tables.Buf[] pool @@ -2982,10 +3037,11 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetWindowHiddendAndSkipItemsForCurrentFrame(ImGuiWindow* window); inline ImRect WindowRectAbsToRel(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x - off.x, r.Min.y - off.y, r.Max.x - off.x, r.Max.y - off.y); } inline ImRect WindowRectRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& r) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImRect(r.Min.x + off.x, r.Min.y + off.y, r.Max.x + off.x, r.Max.y + off.y); } + inline ImVec2 WindowPosRelToAbs(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& p) { ImVec2 off = window->DC.CursorStartPos; return ImVec2(p.x + off.x, p.y + off.y); } // Windows: Display Order and Focus Order - IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API void FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window, ImGuiViewport* filter_viewport); + IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags = 0); + IMGUI_API void FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(ImGuiWindow* under_this_window, ImGuiWindow* ignore_window, ImGuiViewport* filter_viewport, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags flags); IMGUI_API void BringWindowToFocusFront(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayFront(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void BringWindowToDisplayBack(ImGuiWindow* window); @@ -2997,6 +3053,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font); inline ImFont* GetDefaultFont() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]; } inline ImDrawList* GetForegroundDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window) { return GetForegroundDrawList(window->Viewport); } + IMGUI_API void AddDrawListToDrawDataEx(ImDrawData* draw_data, ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list); // Init IMGUI_API void Initialize(); @@ -3076,7 +3133,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f); inline void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_baseline_y = -1.0f) { ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_baseline_y); } // FIXME: This is a misleading API since we expect CursorPos to be bb.Min. IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL, ImGuiItemFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API bool ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiItemFlags item_flags); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void SetLastItemData(ImGuiID item_id, ImGuiItemFlags in_flags, ImGuiItemStatusFlags status_flags, const ImRect& item_rect); @@ -3110,6 +3167,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImRect GetPopupAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostPopupModal(); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetTopMostAndVisiblePopupModal(); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindBlockingModal(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy); @@ -3130,13 +3188,21 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestSubmit(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags, ImGuiScrollFlags scroll_flags); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestResolveWithLastItem(ImGuiNavItemData* result); + IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(ImGuiNavItemData* result, ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* tree_node_data); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestCancel(); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestApplyResult(); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); - IMGUI_API void ActivateItem(ImGuiID id); // Remotely activate a button, checkbox, tree node etc. given its unique ID. activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again. + IMGUI_API void NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis axis); + IMGUI_API void NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); IMGUI_API void SetNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavLayer nav_layer, ImGuiID focus_scope_id, const ImRect& rect_rel); + // Focus/Activation + // This should be part of a larger set of API: FocusItem(offset = -1), FocusItemByID(id), ActivateItem(offset = -1), ActivateItemByID(id) etc. which are + // much harder to design and implement than expected. I have a couple of private branches on this matter but it's not simple. For now implementing the easy ones. + IMGUI_API void FocusItem(); // Focus last item (no selection/activation). + IMGUI_API void ActivateItemByID(ImGuiID id); // Activate an item by ID (button, checkbox, tree node etc.). Activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again. + // Inputs // FIXME: Eventually we should aim to move e.g. IsActiveIdUsingKey() into IsKeyXXX functions. inline bool IsNamedKey(ImGuiKey key) { return key >= ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN && key < ImGuiKey_NamedKey_END; } @@ -3306,7 +3372,8 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void TableOpenContextMenu(int column_n = -1); IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width); IMGUI_API void TableSetColumnSortDirection(int column_n, ImGuiSortDirection sort_direction, bool append_to_sort_specs); - IMGUI_API int TableGetHoveredColumn(); // May use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) instead. Return hovered column. return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. + IMGUI_API int TableGetHoveredColumn(); // May use (TableGetColumnFlags() & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_IsHovered) instead. Return hovered column. return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. + IMGUI_API int TableGetHoveredRow(); // Retrieve *PREVIOUS FRAME* hovered row. This difference with TableGetHoveredColumn() is the reason why this is not public yet. IMGUI_API float TableGetHeaderRowHeight(); IMGUI_API void TablePushBackgroundChannel(); IMGUI_API void TablePopBackgroundChannel(); @@ -3408,7 +3475,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); - IMGUI_API void SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags); + IMGUI_API void SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags, float thickness = 1.0f); IMGUI_API void SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end, float extra_width); IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImS64* flags, ImS64 flags_value); IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, ImU64* flags, ImU64 flags_value); @@ -3484,10 +3551,12 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndFrameRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckEndWindowRecover(ImGuiErrorLogCallback log_callback, void* user_data = NULL); IMGUI_API void ErrorCheckUsingSetCursorPosToExtendParentBoundaries(); + IMGUI_API void DebugDrawCursorPos(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + IMGUI_API void DebugDrawLineExtents(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); + IMGUI_API void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItem(ImGuiID target_id); // Call sparingly: only 1 at the same time! IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItemOnHover(ImGuiID target_id); // Only call on reaction to a mouse Hover: because only 1 at the same time! IMGUI_API void DebugLocateItemResolveWithLastItem(); - inline void DebugDrawItemRect(ImU32 col = IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; GetForegroundDrawList(window)->AddRect(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max, col); } inline void DebugStartItemPicker() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.DebugItemPickerActive = true; } IMGUI_API void ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas); IMGUI_API void DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_id, const void* data_id_end); diff --git a/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp b/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp index 6ec419d5..8fdcbcf8 100644 --- a/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp +++ b/imgui/imgui_tables.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.5 +// dear imgui, v1.89.9 // (tables and columns code) /* @@ -80,20 +80,20 @@ Index of this file: // - outer_size.x <= 0.0f -> Right-align from window/work-rect right-most edge. With -FLT_MIN or 0.0f will align exactly on right-most edge. // - outer_size.x > 0.0f -> Set Fixed width. // Y with ScrollX/ScrollY disabled: we output table directly in current window -// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set). Not meaningful is parent window can vertically scroll. +// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set). Not meaningful if parent window can vertically scroll. // - outer_size.y = 0.0f -> No minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set) -// - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtenY is set) +// - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Minimum height (but will auto extend, unless _NoHostExtendY is set) // Y with ScrollX/ScrollY enabled: using a child window for scrolling -// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align. Not meaningful is parent window can vertically scroll. +// - outer_size.y < 0.0f -> Bottom-align. Not meaningful if parent window can vertically scroll. // - outer_size.y = 0.0f -> Bottom-align, consistent with BeginChild(). Not recommended unless table is last item in parent window. // - outer_size.y > 0.0f -> Set Exact height. Recommended when using Scrolling on any axis. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Outer size is also affected by the NoHostExtendX/NoHostExtendY flags. -// Important to that note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors! +// Important to note how the two flags have slightly different behaviors! // - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendX -> Make outer width auto-fit to columns (overriding outer_size.x value). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY are disabled and Stretch columns are not used. // - ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY -> Make outer height stop exactly at outer_size.y (prevent auto-extending table past the limit). Only available when ScrollX/ScrollY is disabled. Data below the limit will be clipped and not visible. // In theory ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY could be the default and any non-scrolling tables with outer_size.y != 0.0f would use exact height. -// This would be consistent but perhaps less useful and more confusing (as vertically clipped items are not easily noticeable) +// This would be consistent but perhaps less useful and more confusing (as vertically clipped items are not useful and not easily noticeable). //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // About 'inner_width': // With ScrollX disabled: @@ -112,15 +112,16 @@ Index of this file: //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // COLUMNS SIZING POLICIES +// (Reference: ImGuiTableFlags_SizingXXX flags and ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthXXX flags) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // About overriding column sizing policy and width/weight with TableSetupColumn(): -// We use a default parameter of 'init_width_or_weight == -1'. +// We use a default parameter of -1 for 'init_width'/'init_weight'. // - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, init_width <= 0 (default) --> width is automatic // - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, init_width > 0 (explicit) --> width is custom // - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, init_weight <= 0 (default) --> weight is 1.0f // - with ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch, init_weight > 0 (explicit) --> weight is custom // Widths are specified _without_ CellPadding. If you specify a width of 100.0f, the column will be cover (100.0f + Padding * 2.0f) -// and you can fit a 100.0f wide item in it without clipping and with full padding. +// and you can fit a 100.0f wide item in it without clipping and with padding honored. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // About default sizing policy (if you don't specify a ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthXXXX flag) // - with Table policy ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit --> default Column policy is ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed, default Width is equal to contents width @@ -134,10 +135,10 @@ Index of this file: // - using mixed policies with ScrollX does not make much sense, as using Stretch columns with ScrollX does not make much sense in the first place! // that is, unless 'inner_width' is passed to BeginTable() to explicitly provide a total width to layout columns in. // - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame with mixed columns, only the Fixed/Auto columns will match their widths to the width of the maximum contents. -// - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame with mixed columns, only the Stretch columns will match their weight/widths. +// - when using ImGuiTableFlags_SizingStretchSame with mixed columns, only the Stretch columns will match their weights/widths. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // About using column width: -// If a column is manual resizable or has a width specified with TableSetupColumn(): +// If a column is manually resizable or has a width specified with TableSetupColumn(): // - you may use GetContentRegionAvail().x to query the width available in a given column. // - right-side alignment features such as SetNextItemWidth(-x) or PushItemWidth(-x) will rely on this width. // If the column is not resizable and has no width specified with TableSetupColumn(): @@ -151,7 +152,7 @@ Index of this file: // TABLES CLIPPING/CULLING //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // About clipping/culling of Rows in Tables: -// - For large numbers of rows, it is recommended you use ImGuiListClipper to only submit visible rows. +// - For large numbers of rows, it is recommended you use ImGuiListClipper to submit only visible rows. // ImGuiListClipper is reliant on the fact that rows are of equal height. // See 'Demo->Tables->Vertical Scrolling' or 'Demo->Tables->Advanced' for a demo of using the clipper. // - Note that auto-resizing columns don't play well with using the clipper. @@ -168,7 +169,7 @@ Index of this file: // - Case C: column is hidden explicitly by the user (e.g. via the context menu, or _DefaultHide column flag, etc.). // // [A] [B] [C] -// TableNextColumn(): true false false -> [userland] when TableNextColumn() / TableSetColumnIndex() return false, user can skip submitting items but only if the column doesn't contribute to row height. +// TableNextColumn(): true false false -> [userland] when TableNextColumn() / TableSetColumnIndex() returns false, user can skip submitting items but only if the column doesn't contribute to row height. // SkipItems: false false true -> [internal] when SkipItems is true, most widgets will early out if submitted, resulting is no layout output. // ClipRect: normal zero-width zero-width -> [internal] when ClipRect is zero, ItemAdd() will return false and most widgets will early out mid-way. // ImDrawList output: normal dummy dummy -> [internal] when using the dummy channel, ImDrawList submissions (if any) will be wasted (because cliprect is zero-width anyway). @@ -197,11 +198,7 @@ Index of this file: #include "imgui_internal.h" // System includes -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t -#endif // Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER @@ -319,7 +316,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) IM_ASSERT(inner_width >= 0.0f); - // If an outer size is specified ahead we will be able to early out when not visible. Exact clipping rules may evolve. + // If an outer size is specified ahead we will be able to early out when not visible. Exact clipping criteria may evolve. const bool use_child_window = (flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) != 0; const ImVec2 avail_size = GetContentRegionAvail(); ImVec2 actual_outer_size = CalcItemSize(outer_size, ImMax(avail_size.x, 1.0f), use_child_window ? ImMax(avail_size.y, 1.0f) : 0.0f); @@ -366,7 +363,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG IM_ASSERT(table->ColumnsCount == columns_count && "BeginTable(): Cannot change columns count mid-frame while preserving same ID"); if (table->InstanceDataExtra.Size < instance_no) table->InstanceDataExtra.push_back(ImGuiTableInstanceData()); - instance_id = GetIDWithSeed(instance_no, GetIDWithSeed("##Instances", NULL, id)); // Push "##Instance" followed by (int)instance_no in ID stack. + instance_id = GetIDWithSeed(instance_no, GetIDWithSeed("##Instances", NULL, id)); // Push "##Instances" followed by (int)instance_no in ID stack. } else { @@ -413,7 +410,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG table->HasScrollbarYPrev = table->HasScrollbarYCurr; table->HasScrollbarYCurr = false; } - table->HasScrollbarYCurr |= (table->InnerWindow->ScrollMax.y > 0.0f); + table->HasScrollbarYCurr |= table->InnerWindow->ScrollbarY; } else { @@ -455,7 +452,6 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG table->CellSpacingX1 = inner_spacing_explicit + inner_spacing_for_border; table->CellSpacingX2 = inner_spacing_explicit; table->CellPaddingX = inner_padding_explicit; - table->CellPaddingY = g.Style.CellPadding.y; const float outer_padding_for_border = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; const float outer_padding_explicit = pad_outer_x ? g.Style.CellPadding.x : 0.0f; @@ -472,17 +468,19 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = table->WorkRect.Min.y; // This is needed somehow table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; // This will be cleared again by TableBeginRow() + table->RowCellPaddingY = 0.0f; table->FreezeRowsRequest = table->FreezeRowsCount = 0; // This will be setup by TableSetupScrollFreeze(), if any table->FreezeColumnsRequest = table->FreezeColumnsCount = 0; table->IsUnfrozenRows = true; table->DeclColumnsCount = 0; - // Using opaque colors facilitate overlapping elements of the grid + // Using opaque colors facilitate overlapping lines of the grid, otherwise we'd need to improve TableDrawBorders() table->BorderColorStrong = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderStrong); table->BorderColorLight = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TableBorderLight); // Make table current g.CurrentTable = table; + outer_window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = false; // Shortcut for NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx; if (inner_window != outer_window) // So EndChild() within the inner window can restore the table properly. inner_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = table_idx; @@ -490,7 +488,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG if ((table_last_flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) && (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) == 0) table->IsResetDisplayOrderRequest = true; - // Mark as used + // Mark as used to avoid GC if (table_idx >= g.TablesLastTimeActive.Size) g.TablesLastTimeActive.resize(table_idx + 1, -1.0f); g.TablesLastTimeActive[table_idx] = (float)g.Time; @@ -583,13 +581,13 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG } // For reference, the average total _allocation count_ for a table is: -// + 0 (for ImGuiTable instance, we are pooling allocations in g.Tables) +// + 0 (for ImGuiTable instance, we are pooling allocations in g.Tables[]) // + 1 (for table->RawData allocated below) // + 1 (for table->ColumnsNames, if names are used) -// Shared allocations per number of nested tables +// Shared allocations for the maximum number of simultaneously nested tables (generally a very small number) // + 1 (for table->Splitter._Channels) // + 2 * active_channels_count (for ImDrawCmd and ImDrawIdx buffers inside channels) -// Where active_channels_count is variable but often == columns_count or columns_count + 1, see TableSetupDrawChannels() for details. +// Where active_channels_count is variable but often == columns_count or == columns_count + 1, see TableSetupDrawChannels() for details. // Unused channels don't perform their +2 allocations. void ImGui::TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count) { @@ -616,7 +614,7 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginInitMemory(ImGuiTable* table, int columns_count) void ImGui::TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table) { // Handle resizing request - // (We process this at the first TableBegin of the frame) + // (We process this in the TableBegin() of the first instance of each table) // FIXME-TABLE: Contains columns if our work area doesn't allow for scrolling? if (table->InstanceCurrent == 0) { @@ -661,8 +659,7 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginApplyRequests(ImGuiTable* table) table->Columns[table->DisplayOrderToIndex[order_n]].DisplayOrder -= (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)reorder_dir; IM_ASSERT(dst_column->DisplayOrder == dst_order - reorder_dir); - // Display order is stored in both columns->IndexDisplayOrder and table->DisplayOrder[], - // rebuild the later from the former. + // Display order is stored in both columns->IndexDisplayOrder and table->DisplayOrder[]. Rebuild later from the former. for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) table->DisplayOrderToIndex[table->Columns[column_n].DisplayOrder] = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; table->ReorderColumnDir = 0; @@ -736,8 +733,8 @@ static void TableSetupColumnFlags(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column, I } } -// Layout columns for the frame. This is in essence the followup to BeginTable(). -// Runs on the first call to TableNextRow(), to give a chance for TableSetupColumn() to be called first. +// Layout columns for the frame. This is in essence the followup to BeginTable() and this is our largest function. +// Runs on the first call to TableNextRow(), to give a chance for TableSetupColumn() and other TableSetupXXXXX() functions to be called first. // FIXME-TABLE: Our width (and therefore our WorkRect) will be minimal in the first frame for _WidthAuto columns. // Increase feedback side-effect with widgets relying on WorkRect.Max.x... Maybe provide a default distribution for _WidthAuto columns? void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) @@ -858,8 +855,8 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) table->IsSettingsDirty = true; // [Part 3] Fix column flags and record a few extra information. - float sum_width_requests = 0.0f; // Sum of all width for fixed and auto-resize columns, excluding width contributed by Stretch columns but including spacing/padding. - float stretch_sum_weights = 0.0f; // Sum of all weights for stretch columns. + float sum_width_requests = 0.0f; // Sum of all width for fixed and auto-resize columns, excluding width contributed by Stretch columns but including spacing/padding. + float stretch_sum_weights = 0.0f; // Sum of all weights for stretch columns. table->LeftMostStretchedColumn = table->RightMostStretchedColumn = -1; for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) { @@ -970,12 +967,14 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // clear ActiveId, which is equivalent to the change provided by _AllowWhenBLockedByActiveItem). // - This allows columns to be marked as hovered when e.g. clicking a button inside the column, or using drag and drop. ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + table_instance->HoveredRowLast = table_instance->HoveredRowNext; + table_instance->HoveredRowNext = -1; table->HoveredColumnBody = -1; table->HoveredColumnBorder = -1; const ImRect mouse_hit_rect(table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.Max.x, ImMax(table->OuterRect.Max.y, table->OuterRect.Min.y + table_instance->LastOuterHeight)); const ImGuiID backup_active_id = g.ActiveId; g.ActiveId = 0; - const bool is_hovering_table = ItemHoverable(mouse_hit_rect, 0); + const bool is_hovering_table = ItemHoverable(mouse_hit_rect, 0, ImGuiItemFlags_None); g.ActiveId = backup_active_id; // [Part 6] Setup final position, offset, skip/clip states and clipping rectangles, detect hovered column @@ -1127,6 +1126,14 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) table->BorderX1 = table->InnerClipRect.Min.x;// +((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) ? 0.0f : -1.0f); table->BorderX2 = table->InnerClipRect.Max.x;// +((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuter) ? 0.0f : +1.0f); + // Setup window's WorkRect.Max.y for GetContentRegionAvail(). Other values will be updated in each TableBeginCell() call. + float window_content_max_y; + if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) + window_content_max_y = table->OuterRect.Max.y; + else + window_content_max_y = ImMax(table->InnerWindow->ContentRegionRect.Max.y, (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY) ? 0.0f : table->OuterRect.Max.y); + table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Max.y = ImClamp(window_content_max_y - g.Style.CellPadding.y, table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Min.y, table->InnerWindow->WorkRect.Max.y); + // [Part 9] Allocate draw channels and setup background cliprect TableSetupDrawChannels(table); @@ -1144,7 +1151,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) EndPopup(); } - // [Part 12] Sanitize and build sort specs before we have a change to use them for display. + // [Part 12] Sanitize and build sort specs before we have a chance to use them for display. // This path will only be exercised when sort specs are modified before header rows (e.g. init or visibility change) if (table->IsSortSpecsDirty && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable)) TableSortSpecsBuild(table); @@ -1165,9 +1172,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) } // Process hit-testing on resizing borders. Actual size change will be applied in EndTable() -// - Set table->HoveredColumnBorder with a short delay/timer to reduce feedback noise -// - Submit ahead of table contents and header, use ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap to prioritize widgets -// overlapping the same area. +// - Set table->HoveredColumnBorder with a short delay/timer to reduce visual feedback noise. void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -1207,7 +1212,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateBorders(ImGuiTable* table) //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(hit_rect.Min, hit_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 100)); bool hovered = false, held = false; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(hit_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); if (pressed && IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) { TableSetColumnWidthAutoSingle(table, column_n); @@ -1436,6 +1441,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() g.CurrentTable->DrawSplitter = &temp_data->DrawSplitter; } outer_window->DC.CurrentTableIdx = g.CurrentTable ? g.Tables.GetIndex(g.CurrentTable) : -1; + NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); } // See "COLUMN SIZING POLICIES" comments at the top of this file @@ -1547,6 +1553,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupScrollFreeze(int columns, int rows) // - TableGetCellBgRect() [Internal] // - TableGetColumnResizeID() [Internal] // - TableGetHoveredColumn() [Internal] +// - TableGetHoveredRow() [Internal] // - TableSetBgColor() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1641,7 +1648,7 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::TableGetColumnResizeID(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n, int insta return instance_id + 1 + column_n; // FIXME: #6140: still not ideal } -// Return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if the unused space at the right of visible columns is hovered. +// Return -1 when table is not hovered. return columns_count if hovering the unused space at the right of the right-most visible column. int ImGui::TableGetHoveredColumn() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -1651,6 +1658,19 @@ int ImGui::TableGetHoveredColumn() return (int)table->HoveredColumnBody; } +// Return -1 when table is not hovered. Return maxrow+1 if in table but below last submitted row. +// *IMPORTANT* Unlike TableGetHoveredColumn(), this has a one frame latency in updating the value. +// This difference with is the reason why this is not public yet. +int ImGui::TableGetHoveredRow() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiTable* table = g.CurrentTable; + if (!table) + return -1; + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent); + return (int)table_instance->HoveredRowLast; +} + void ImGui::TableSetBgColor(ImGuiTableBgTarget target, ImU32 color, int column_n) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -1725,19 +1745,20 @@ void ImGui::TableNextRow(ImGuiTableRowFlags row_flags, float row_min_height) table->LastRowFlags = table->RowFlags; table->RowFlags = row_flags; + table->RowCellPaddingY = g.Style.CellPadding.y; table->RowMinHeight = row_min_height; TableBeginRow(table); // We honor min_row_height requested by user, but cannot guarantee per-row maximum height, // because that would essentially require a unique clipping rectangle per-cell. - table->RowPosY2 += table->CellPaddingY * 2.0f; + table->RowPosY2 += table->RowCellPaddingY * 2.0f; table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, table->RowPosY1 + row_min_height); // Disable output until user calls TableNextColumn() table->InnerWindow->SkipItems = true; } -// [Internal] Called by TableNextRow() +// [Internal] Only called by TableNextRow() void ImGui::TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table) { ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; @@ -1758,8 +1779,10 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginRow(ImGuiTable* table) table->RowPosY1 = table->RowPosY2 = next_y1; table->RowTextBaseline = 0.0f; table->RowIndentOffsetX = window->DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX; // Lock indent + window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + table->RowCellPaddingY); // This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns. + window->DC.PrevLineSize = window->DC.CurrLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns, and to call it from first column too. window->DC.IsSameLine = window->DC.IsSetPos = false; window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = next_y1; @@ -1802,6 +1825,10 @@ void ImGui::TableEndRow(ImGuiTable* table) const bool is_visible = (bg_y2 >= table->InnerClipRect.Min.y && bg_y1 <= table->InnerClipRect.Max.y); if (is_visible) { + // Update data for TableGetHoveredRow() + if (table->HoveredColumnBody != -1 && g.IO.MousePos.y >= bg_y1 && g.IO.MousePos.y < bg_y2) + TableGetInstanceData(table, table->InstanceCurrent)->HoveredRowNext = table->CurrentRow; + // Decide of background color for the row ImU32 bg_col0 = 0; ImU32 bg_col1 = 0; @@ -1978,6 +2005,7 @@ bool ImGui::TableNextColumn() // FIXME-TABLE FIXME-OPT: Could probably shortcut some things for non-active or clipped columns. void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; ImGuiWindow* window = table->InnerWindow; table->CurrentColumn = column_n; @@ -1988,12 +2016,14 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) start_x += table->RowIndentOffsetX; // ~~ += window.DC.Indent.x - table->HostIndentX, except we locked it for the row. window->DC.CursorPos.x = start_x; - window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY1 + table->CellPaddingY; + window->DC.CursorPos.y = table->RowPosY1 + table->RowCellPaddingY; window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = start_x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.Indent.x; // FIXME-WORKRECT + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x; // PrevLine.y is preserved. This allows users to call SameLine() to share LineSize between columns. window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset = table->RowTextBaseline; window->DC.NavLayerCurrent = (ImGuiNavLayer)column->NavLayerCurrent; + // Note how WorkRect.Max.y is only set once during layout window->WorkRect.Min.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y; window->WorkRect.Min.x = column->WorkMinX; window->WorkRect.Max.x = column->WorkMaxX; @@ -2002,7 +2032,6 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) window->SkipItems = column->IsSkipItems; if (column->IsSkipItems) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.LastItemData.ID = 0; g.LastItemData.StatusFlags = 0; } @@ -2021,7 +2050,6 @@ void ImGui::TableBeginCell(ImGuiTable* table, int column_n) } // Logging - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.LogEnabled && !column->IsSkipItems) { LogRenderedText(&window->DC.CursorPos, "|"); @@ -2046,7 +2074,7 @@ void ImGui::TableEndCell(ImGuiTable* table) p_max_pos_x = table->IsUnfrozenRows ? &column->ContentMaxXUnfrozen : &column->ContentMaxXFrozen; *p_max_pos_x = ImMax(*p_max_pos_x, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x); if (column->IsEnabled) - table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->CellPaddingY); + table->RowPosY2 = ImMax(table->RowPosY2, window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y + table->RowCellPaddingY); column->ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidth; // Propagate text baseline for the entire row @@ -2141,7 +2169,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetColumnWidth(int column_n, float width) // - All stretch: easy. // - One or more fixed + one stretch: easy. // - One or more fixed + more than one stretch: tricky. - // Qt when manual resize is enabled only support a single _trailing_ stretch column. + // Qt when manual resize is enabled only supports a single _trailing_ stretch column, we support more cases here. // When forwarding resize from Wn| to Fn+1| we need to be considerate of the _NoResize flag on Fn+1. // FIXME-TABLE: Find a way to rewrite all of this so interactions feel more consistent for the user. @@ -2224,7 +2252,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateColumnsWeightFromWidth(ImGuiTable* table) { IM_ASSERT(table->LeftMostStretchedColumn != -1 && table->RightMostStretchedColumn != -1); - // Measure existing quantity + // Measure existing quantities float visible_weight = 0.0f; float visible_width = 0.0f; for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) @@ -2381,11 +2409,11 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) struct MergeGroup { ImRect ClipRect; - int ChannelsCount; - ImBitArrayPtr ChannelsMask; + int ChannelsCount = 0; + ImBitArrayPtr ChannelsMask = NULL; }; int merge_group_mask = 0x00; - MergeGroup merge_groups[4] = {}; + MergeGroup merge_groups[4]; // Use a reusable temp buffer for the merge masks as they are dynamically sized. const int max_draw_channels = (4 + table->ColumnsCount * 2); @@ -2499,11 +2527,9 @@ void ImGui::TableMergeDrawChannels(ImGuiTable* table) merge_clip_rect.Max.x = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.x, host_rect.Max.x); if ((merge_group_n & 2) != 0 && (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoHostExtendY) == 0) merge_clip_rect.Max.y = ImMax(merge_clip_rect.Max.y, host_rect.Max.y); -#if 0 - GetOverlayDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); - GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_clip_rect.Min, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); - GetOverlayDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Max, merge_clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); -#endif + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_group->ClipRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200), 0.0f, 0, 1.0f); // [DEBUG] + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Min, merge_clip_rect.Min, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); + //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddLine(merge_group->ClipRect.Max, merge_clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 100, 0, 200)); remaining_count -= merge_group->ChannelsCount; for (int n = 0; n < (size_for_masks_bitarrays_one >> 2); n++) remaining_mask[n] &= ~merge_group->ChannelsMask[n]; @@ -2650,8 +2676,9 @@ void ImGui::TableDrawBorders(ImGuiTable* table) //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Return NULL if no sort specs (most often when ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable is not set) -// You can sort your data again when 'SpecsChanged == true'. It will be true with sorting specs have changed since -// last call, or the first time. +// When 'sort_specs->SpecsDirty == true' you should sort your data. It will be true when sorting specs have +// changed since last call, or the first time. Make sure to set 'SpecsDirty = false' after sorting, +// else you may wastefully sort your data every frame! // Lifetime: don't hold on this pointer over multiple frames or past any subsequent call to BeginTable()! ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs() { @@ -2667,7 +2694,6 @@ ImGuiTableSortSpecs* ImGui::TableGetSortSpecs() TableUpdateLayout(table); TableSortSpecsBuild(table); - return &table->SortSpecs; } @@ -2786,7 +2812,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSortSpecsSanitize(ImGuiTable* table) } } - // Fallback default sort order (if no column had the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort flag) + // Fallback default sort order (if no column with the ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort flag) if (sort_order_count == 0 && !(table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SortTristate)) for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) { @@ -2930,7 +2956,7 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) // If we already got a row height, there's use that. // FIXME-TABLE: Padding problem if the correct outer-padding CellBgRect strays off our ClipRect? ImRect cell_r = TableGetCellBgRect(table, column_n); - float label_height = ImMax(label_size.y, table->RowMinHeight - table->CellPaddingY * 2.0f); + float label_height = ImMax(label_size.y, table->RowMinHeight - table->RowCellPaddingY * 2.0f); // Calculate ideal size for sort order arrow float w_arrow = 0.0f; @@ -2963,11 +2989,9 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(cell_r.Min, cell_r.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); // [DEBUG] - // Using AllowItemOverlap mode because we cover the whole cell, and we want user to be able to submit subsequent items. + // Using AllowOverlap mode because we cover the whole cell, and we want user to be able to submit subsequent items. bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); - if (g.ActiveId != id) - SetItemAllowOverlap(); + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap); if (held || hovered || selected) { const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); @@ -3007,7 +3031,7 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) } // Sort order arrow - const float ellipsis_max = cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text; + const float ellipsis_max = ImMax(cell_r.Max.x - w_arrow - w_sort_text, label_pos.x); if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) && !(column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_NoSort)) { if (column->SortOrder != -1) @@ -3038,8 +3062,8 @@ void ImGui::TableHeader(const char* label) RenderTextEllipsis(window->DrawList, label_pos, ImVec2(ellipsis_max, label_pos.y + label_height + g.Style.FramePadding.y), ellipsis_max, ellipsis_max, label, label_end, &label_size); const bool text_clipped = label_size.x > (ellipsis_max - label_pos.x); - if (text_clipped && hovered && g.ActiveId == 0 && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) - SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(label_end - label), label); + if (text_clipped && hovered && g.ActiveId == 0) + SetItemTooltip("%.*s", (int)(label_end - label), label); // We don't use BeginPopupContextItem() because we want the popup to stay up even after the column is hidden if (IsMouseReleased(1) && IsItemHovered()) @@ -3477,12 +3501,12 @@ static void TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandle if (!save_column) continue; buf->appendf("Column %-2d", column_n); - if (column->UserID != 0) buf->appendf(" UserID=%08X", column->UserID); - if (save_size && column->IsStretch) buf->appendf(" Weight=%.4f", column->WidthOrWeight); - if (save_size && !column->IsStretch) buf->appendf(" Width=%d", (int)column->WidthOrWeight); - if (save_visible) buf->appendf(" Visible=%d", column->IsEnabled); - if (save_order) buf->appendf(" Order=%d", column->DisplayOrder); - if (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1) buf->appendf(" Sort=%d%c", column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? 'v' : '^'); + if (column->UserID != 0) { buf->appendf(" UserID=%08X", column->UserID); } + if (save_size && column->IsStretch) { buf->appendf(" Weight=%.4f", column->WidthOrWeight); } + if (save_size && !column->IsStretch) { buf->appendf(" Width=%d", (int)column->WidthOrWeight); } + if (save_visible) { buf->appendf(" Visible=%d", column->IsEnabled); } + if (save_order) { buf->appendf(" Order=%d", column->DisplayOrder); } + if (save_sort && column->SortOrder != -1) { buf->appendf(" Sort=%d%c", column->SortOrder, (column->SortDirection == ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending) ? 'v' : '^'); } buf->append("\n"); } buf->append("\n"); @@ -3530,7 +3554,7 @@ void ImGui::TableGcCompactTransientBuffers(ImGuiTable* table) IM_ASSERT(table->MemoryCompacted == false); table->SortSpecs.Specs = NULL; table->SortSpecsMulti.clear(); - table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; // FIXME: shouldn't have to leak into user performing a sort + table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; // FIXME: In theory shouldn't have to leak into user performing a sort on resume. table->ColumnsNames.clear(); table->MemoryCompacted = true; for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) @@ -3583,13 +3607,9 @@ static const char* DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(ImGuiTableFlags sizing_poli void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table) { - char buf[512]; - char* p = buf; - const char* buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); - const bool is_active = (table->LastFrameActive >= ImGui::GetFrameCount() - 2); // Note that fully clipped early out scrolling tables will appear as inactive here. - ImFormatString(p, buf_end - p, "Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')%s", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); + const bool is_active = (table->LastFrameActive >= GetFrameCount() - 2); // Note that fully clipped early out scrolling tables will appear as inactive here. if (!is_active) { PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_TextDisabled)); } - bool open = TreeNode(table, "%s", buf); + bool open = TreeNode(table, "Table 0x%08X (%d columns, in '%s')%s", table->ID, table->ColumnsCount, table->OuterWindow->Name, is_active ? "" : " *Inactive*"); if (!is_active) { PopStyleColor(); } if (IsItemHovered()) GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(table->OuterRect.Min, table->OuterRect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); @@ -3598,13 +3618,18 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table) if (!open) return; if (table->InstanceCurrent > 0) - ImGui::Text("** %d instances of same table! Some data below will refer to last instance.", table->InstanceCurrent + 1); + Text("** %d instances of same table! Some data below will refer to last instance.", table->InstanceCurrent + 1); bool clear_settings = SmallButton("Clear settings"); BulletText("OuterRect: Pos: (%.1f,%.1f) Size: (%.1f,%.1f) Sizing: '%s'", table->OuterRect.Min.x, table->OuterRect.Min.y, table->OuterRect.GetWidth(), table->OuterRect.GetHeight(), DebugNodeTableGetSizingPolicyDesc(table->Flags)); BulletText("ColumnsGivenWidth: %.1f, ColumnsAutoFitWidth: %.1f, InnerWidth: %.1f%s", table->ColumnsGivenWidth, table->ColumnsAutoFitWidth, table->InnerWidth, table->InnerWidth == 0.0f ? " (auto)" : ""); BulletText("CellPaddingX: %.1f, CellSpacingX: %.1f/%.1f, OuterPaddingX: %.1f", table->CellPaddingX, table->CellSpacingX1, table->CellSpacingX2, table->OuterPaddingX); BulletText("HoveredColumnBody: %d, HoveredColumnBorder: %d", table->HoveredColumnBody, table->HoveredColumnBorder); BulletText("ResizedColumn: %d, ReorderColumn: %d, HeldHeaderColumn: %d", table->ResizedColumn, table->ReorderColumn, table->HeldHeaderColumn); + for (int n = 0; n < table->InstanceCurrent + 1; n++) + { + ImGuiTableInstanceData* table_instance = TableGetInstanceData(table, n); + BulletText("Instance %d: HoveredRow: %d, LastOuterHeight: %.2f", n, table_instance->HoveredRowLast, table_instance->LastOuterHeight); + } //BulletText("BgDrawChannels: %d/%d", 0, table->BgDrawChannelUnfrozen); float sum_weights = 0.0f; for (int n = 0; n < table->ColumnsCount; n++) @@ -3614,6 +3639,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeTable(ImGuiTable* table) { ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[n]; const char* name = TableGetColumnName(table, n); + char buf[512]; ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "Column %d order %d '%s': offset %+.2f to %+.2f%s\n" "Enabled: %d, VisibleX/Y: %d/%d, RequestOutput: %d, SkipItems: %d, DrawChannels: %d,%d\n" @@ -3902,6 +3928,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiOldColumnFl columns->Count = columns_count; columns->Flags = flags; window->DC.CurrentColumns = columns; + window->DC.NavIsScrollPushableX = false; // Shortcut for NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); columns->HostCursorPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; columns->HostCursorMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; @@ -3961,6 +3988,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiOldColumnFl window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = ImMax(column_padding - window->WindowPadding.x, 0.0f); window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); window->WorkRect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + offset_1 - column_padding; + window->WorkRect.Max.y = window->ContentRegionRect.Max.y; } void ImGui::NextColumn() @@ -4092,6 +4120,7 @@ void ImGui::EndColumns() window->DC.CurrentColumns = NULL; window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; window->DC.CursorPos.x = IM_FLOOR(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); + NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); } void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border) diff --git a/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp b/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp index 6ee140b8..703f30a5 100644 --- a/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp +++ b/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.89.5 +// dear imgui, v1.89.9 // (widgets code) /* @@ -41,11 +41,7 @@ Index of this file: #include "imgui_internal.h" // System includes -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t -#endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Warnings @@ -124,7 +120,7 @@ static const ImU64 IM_U64_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1); //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // For InputTextEx() -static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source); +static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source); static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end); static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImGuiContext* ctx, const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false); @@ -492,6 +488,14 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnMask_) == 0) flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDefault_; + // Default behavior inherited from item flags + // Note that _both_ ButtonFlags and ItemFlags are valid sources, so copy one into the item_flags and only check that. + ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = (g.LastItemData.ID == id ? g.LastItemData.InFlags : g.CurrentItemFlags); + if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap) + item_flags |= ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap; + if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) + item_flags |= ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat; + ImGuiWindow* backup_hovered_window = g.HoveredWindow; const bool flatten_hovered_children = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredWindow && g.HoveredWindow->RootWindowDockTree == window->RootWindowDockTree; if (flatten_hovered_children) @@ -504,11 +508,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool #endif bool pressed = false; - bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id); - - // Drag source doesn't report as hovered - if (hovered && g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover)) - hovered = false; + bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id, item_flags); // Special mode for Drag and Drop where holding button pressed for a long time while dragging another item triggers the button if (g.DragDropActive && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold) && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers)) @@ -527,10 +527,6 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool if (flatten_hovered_children) g.HoveredWindow = backup_hovered_window; - // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match. This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one. - if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap) && (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0)) - hovered = false; - // Mouse handling const ImGuiID test_owner_id = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoTestKeyOwner) ? ImGuiKeyOwner_Any : id; if (hovered) @@ -579,7 +575,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool { if (mouse_button_released != -1) { - const bool has_repeated_at_least_once = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior + const bool has_repeated_at_least_once = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button_released] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps on release behavior if (!has_repeated_at_least_once) pressed = true; if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) @@ -590,7 +586,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above). // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings. - if (g.ActiveId == id && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) + if (g.ActiveId == id && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat)) if (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[g.ActiveIdMouseButton] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(g.ActiveIdMouseButton, test_owner_id, ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat)) pressed = true; } @@ -608,7 +604,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool { bool nav_activated_by_code = (g.NavActivateId == id); bool nav_activated_by_inputs = (g.NavActivatePressedId == id); - if (!nav_activated_by_inputs && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat)) + if (!nav_activated_by_inputs && (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat)) { // Avoid pressing multiple keys from triggering excessive amount of repeat events const ImGuiKeyData* key1 = GetKeyData(ImGuiKey_Space); @@ -655,7 +651,7 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool { // Report as pressed when releasing the mouse (this is the most common path) bool is_double_click_release = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseReleased[mouse_button] && g.IO.MouseClickedLastCount[mouse_button] == 2; - bool is_repeating_already = (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps + bool is_repeating_already = (item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[mouse_button] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay; // Repeat mode trumps bool is_button_avail_or_owned = TestKeyOwner(MouseButtonToKey(mouse_button), test_owner_id); if (!is_double_click_release && !is_repeating_already && is_button_avail_or_owned) pressed = true; @@ -702,9 +698,6 @@ bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return false; - if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) - flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; - bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); @@ -781,9 +774,6 @@ bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiBu if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) return false; - if (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) - flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; - bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); @@ -812,14 +802,14 @@ bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) // Tweak 1: Shrink hit-testing area if button covers an abnormally large proportion of the visible region. That's in order to facilitate moving the window away. (#3825) // This may better be applied as a general hit-rect reduction mechanism for all widgets to ensure the area to move window is always accessible? - const ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); + const ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize)); ImRect bb_interact = bb; const float area_to_visible_ratio = window->OuterRectClipped.GetArea() / bb.GetArea(); if (area_to_visible_ratio < 1.5f) bb_interact.Expand(ImFloor(bb_interact.GetSize() * -0.25f)); // Tweak 2: We intentionally allow interaction when clipped so that a mechanical Alt,Right,Activate sequence can always close a window. - // (this isn't the regular behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user much because navigation tends to keep items visible). + // (this isn't the common behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user because navigation tends to keep items visible in scrolling layer). bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb_interact, id); bool hovered, held; @@ -849,22 +839,24 @@ bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiDockNode* dock_no ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); - ItemAdd(bb, id); + ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize)); + bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb, id); bool hovered, held; bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_None); + if (is_clipped) + return pressed; // Render //bool is_dock_menu = (window->DockNodeAsHost && !window->Collapsed); ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); ImU32 text_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); if (hovered || held) - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.GetCenter() + ImVec2(0,-0.5f), g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.GetCenter() + ImVec2(0.0f, -0.5f), g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, bg_col); if (dock_node) - RenderArrowDockMenu(window->DrawList, bb.Min + g.Style.FramePadding, g.FontSize, text_col); + RenderArrowDockMenu(window->DrawList, bb.Min, g.FontSize, text_col); else - RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min + g.Style.FramePadding, text_col, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, bb.Min, text_col, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); // Switch to moving the window after mouse is moved beyond the initial drag threshold if (IsItemActive() && IsMouseDragging(0)) @@ -887,9 +879,9 @@ ImRect ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis) const float scrollbar_size = window->ScrollbarSizes[axis ^ 1]; // (ScrollbarSizes.x = width of Y scrollbar; ScrollbarSizes.y = height of X scrollbar) IM_ASSERT(scrollbar_size > 0.0f); if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) - return ImRect(inner_rect.Min.x, ImMax(outer_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Max.x, outer_rect.Max.y); + return ImRect(inner_rect.Min.x, ImMax(outer_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Max.x - border_size, outer_rect.Max.y - border_size); else - return ImRect(ImMax(outer_rect.Min.x, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.x, inner_rect.Max.y); + return ImRect(ImMax(outer_rect.Min.x, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size - scrollbar_size), inner_rect.Min.y, outer_rect.Max.x - border_size, inner_rect.Max.y - border_size); } void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiAxis axis) @@ -1174,10 +1166,8 @@ bool ImGui::CheckboxFlagsT(const char* label, T* flags, T flags_value) if (!all_on && any_on) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags; - g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue; + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_MixedValue; pressed = Checkbox(label, &all_on); - g.CurrentItemFlags = backup_item_flags; } else { @@ -1398,8 +1388,9 @@ void ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding() } // Horizontal/vertical separating line -// FIXME: Surprisingly, this seemingly simple widget is adjacent to MANY different legacy/tricky layout issues. -void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags) +// FIXME: Surprisingly, this seemingly trivial widget is a victim of many different legacy/tricky layout issues. +// Note how thickness == 1.0f is handled specifically as not moving CursorPos by 'thickness', but other values are. +void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags, float thickness) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) @@ -1407,8 +1398,8 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & (ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical))); // Check that only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(thickness > 0.0f); - const float thickness = 1.0f; // Cannot use g.Style.SeparatorTextSize yet for various reasons. if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical) { // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height). @@ -1442,6 +1433,8 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags) x2 = table->Columns[table->CurrentColumn].MaxX; } + // Before Tables API happened, we relied on Separator() to span all columns of a Columns() set. + // We currently don't need to provide the same feature for tables because tables naturally have border features. ImGuiOldColumns* columns = (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? window->DC.CurrentColumns : NULL; if (columns) PushColumnsBackground(); @@ -1451,8 +1444,8 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorEx(ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags) const float thickness_for_layout = (thickness == 1.0f) ? 0.0f : thickness; // FIXME: See 1.70/1.71 Separator() change: makes legacy 1-px separator not affect layout yet. Should change. const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y + thickness)); ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, thickness_for_layout)); - const bool item_visible = ItemAdd(bb, 0); - if (item_visible) + + if (ItemAdd(bb, 0)) { // Draw window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); @@ -1475,10 +1468,11 @@ void ImGui::Separator() if (window->SkipItems) return; - // Those flags should eventually be overridable by the user + // Those flags should eventually be configurable by the user + // FIXME: We cannot g.Style.SeparatorTextBorderSize for thickness as it relates to SeparatorText() which is a decorated separator, not defaulting to 1.0f. ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags = (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) ? ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical : ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal; flags |= ImGuiSeparatorFlags_SpanAllColumns; // NB: this only applies to legacy Columns() api as they relied on Separator() a lot. - SeparatorEx(flags); + SeparatorEx(flags, 1.0f); } void ImGui::SeparatorTextEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, const char* label_end, float extra_w) @@ -1538,8 +1532,8 @@ void ImGui::SeparatorText(const char* label) return; // The SeparatorText() vs SeparatorTextEx() distinction is designed to be considerate that we may want: - // - allow headers to be draggable items (would require a stable ID + a noticeable highlight) - // - this high-level entry point to allow formatting? (may require ID separate from formatted string) + // - allow separator-text to be draggable items (would require a stable ID + a noticeable highlight) + // - this high-level entry point to allow formatting? (which in turns may require ID separate from formatted string) // - because of this we probably can't turn 'const char* label' into 'const char* fmt, ...' // Otherwise, we can decide that users wanting to drag this would layout a dedicated drag-item, // and then we can turn this into a format function. @@ -1555,14 +1549,20 @@ bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float if (!ItemAdd(bb, id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) return false; + // FIXME: AFAIK the only leftover reason for passing ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap here is + // to allow caller of SplitterBehavior() to call SetItemAllowOverlap() after the item. + // Nowadays we would instead want to use SetNextItemAllowOverlap() before the item. + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap; +#endif + bool hovered, held; ImRect bb_interact = bb; bb_interact.Expand(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImVec2(0.0f, hover_extend) : ImVec2(hover_extend, 0.0f)); - ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); if (hovered) g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; // for IsItemHovered(), because bb_interact is larger than bb - if (g.ActiveId != id) - SetItemAllowOverlap(); if (held || (hovered && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay)) SetMouseCursor(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW); @@ -1831,7 +1831,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginComboPreview() if (window->SkipItems || !(g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Visible)) return false; IM_ASSERT(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.x && g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y == preview_data->PreviewRect.Min.y); // Didn't call after BeginCombo/EndCombo block or forgot to pass ImGuiComboFlags_CustomPreview flag? - if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(preview_data->PreviewRect)) // Narrower test (optional) + if (!window->ClipRect.Overlaps(preview_data->PreviewRect)) // Narrower test (optional) return false; // FIXME: This could be contained in a PushWorkRect() api @@ -1930,7 +1930,7 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(voi const char* item_text; if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) item_text = "*Unknown item*"; - if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected)) + if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected) && *current_item != i) { value_changed = true; *current_item = i; @@ -2096,7 +2096,8 @@ bool ImGui::DataTypeApplyFromText(const char* buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, type_info->Size); // Sanitize format - // For float/double we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in, so force them into %f and %lf + // - For float/double we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in, so force them into %f and %lf + // - In theory could treat empty format as using default, but this would only cover rare/bizarre case of using InputScalar() + integer + format string without %. char format_sanitized[32]; if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) format = type_info->ScanFmt; @@ -2416,7 +2417,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags); bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); if (!temp_input_is_active) { @@ -2779,14 +2780,14 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ const ImGuiAxis axis = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) ? ImGuiAxis_Y : ImGuiAxis_X; const bool is_logarithmic = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic) != 0; const bool is_floating_point = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); - const SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); + const float v_range_f = (float)(v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); // We don't need high precision for what we do with it. // Calculate bounds const float grab_padding = 2.0f; // FIXME: Should be part of style. const float slider_sz = (bb.Max[axis] - bb.Min[axis]) - grab_padding * 2.0f; float grab_sz = style.GrabMinSize; - if (!is_floating_point && v_range >= 0) // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows - grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit + if (!is_floating_point && v_range_f >= 0.0f) // v_range_f < 0 may happen on integer overflows + grab_sz = ImMax(slider_sz / (v_range_f + 1), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit grab_sz = ImMin(grab_sz, slider_sz); const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz; const float slider_usable_pos_min = bb.Min[axis] + grab_padding + grab_sz * 0.5f; @@ -2855,8 +2856,8 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ } else { - if ((v_range >= -100.0f && v_range <= 100.0f) || tweak_slow) - input_delta = ((input_delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / (float)v_range; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps + if ((v_range_f >= -100.0f && v_range_f <= 100.0f && v_range_f != 0.0f) || tweak_slow) + input_delta = ((input_delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / v_range_f; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps else input_delta /= 100.0f; } @@ -2903,6 +2904,10 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_typ } } + if (set_new_value) + if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly)) + set_new_value = false; + if (set_new_value) { TYPE v_new = ScaleValueFromRatioT(data_type, clicked_t, v_min, v_max, is_logarithmic, logarithmic_zero_epsilon, zero_deadzone_halfsize); @@ -2948,11 +2953,6 @@ bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type // Read imgui.cpp "API BREAKING CHANGES" section for 1.78 if you hit this assert. IM_ASSERT((flags == 1 || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_InvalidMask_) == 0) && "Invalid ImGuiSliderFlags flag! Has the 'float power' argument been mistakenly cast to flags? Call function with ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic flags instead."); - // Those are the things we can do easily outside the SliderBehaviorT<> template, saves code generation. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if ((g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ReadOnly) || (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_ReadOnly)) - return false; - switch (data_type) { case ImGuiDataType_S8: { ImS32 v32 = (ImS32)*(ImS8*)p_v; bool r = SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, ImGuiDataType_S32, &v32, *(const ImS8*)p_min, *(const ImS8*)p_max, format, flags, out_grab_bb); if (r) *(ImS8*)p_v = (ImS8)v32; return r; } @@ -3009,7 +3009,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags); bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); if (!temp_input_is_active) { @@ -3176,7 +3176,7 @@ bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType d if (format == NULL) format = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->PrintFmt; - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags); const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, id); if (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id) { @@ -3279,7 +3279,7 @@ const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* fmt) } // Extract the format out of a format string with leading or trailing decorations -// fmt = "blah blah" -> return fmt +// fmt = "blah blah" -> return "" // fmt = "%.3f" -> return fmt // fmt = "hello %.3f" -> return fmt + 6 // fmt = "%.3f hello" -> return buf written with "%.3f" @@ -3287,7 +3287,7 @@ const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, size_t buf_ { const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt); if (fmt_start[0] != '%') - return fmt; + return ""; const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start); if (fmt_end[0] == 0) // If we only have leading decoration, we don't need to copy the data. return fmt_start; @@ -3405,9 +3405,14 @@ static inline ImGuiInputTextFlags InputScalar_DefaultCharsFilter(ImGuiDataType d // However this may not be ideal for all uses, as some user code may break on out of bound values. bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, const char* format, const void* p_clamp_min, const void* p_clamp_max) { + // FIXME: May need to clarify display behavior if format doesn't contain %. + // "%d" -> "%d" / "There are %d items" -> "%d" / "items" -> "%d" (fallback). Also see #6405 + const ImGuiDataTypeInfo* type_info = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type); char fmt_buf[32]; char data_buf[32]; format = ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(format, fmt_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_buf)); + if (format[0] == 0) + format = type_info->PrintFmt; DataTypeFormatString(data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), data_type, p_data, format); ImStrTrimBlanks(data_buf); @@ -3418,7 +3423,7 @@ bool ImGui::TempInputScalar(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImG if (TempInputText(bb, id, label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), flags)) { // Backup old value - size_t data_type_size = DataTypeGetInfo(data_type)->Size; + size_t data_type_size = type_info->Size; ImGuiDataTypeTempStorage data_backup; memcpy(&data_backup, p_data, data_type_size); @@ -3814,6 +3819,7 @@ static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(ImGuiInputTextState* obj, int pos, const Im #define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT 0x400000 #define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_memmove memmove #include "imstb_textedit.h" // stb_textedit internally allows for a single undo record to do addition and deletion, but somehow, calling @@ -3871,6 +3877,10 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count) void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, const char* new_text_end) { + // Accept null ranges + if (new_text == new_text_end) + return; + const bool is_resizable = (Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; const int new_text_len = new_text_end ? (int)(new_text_end - new_text) : (int)strlen(new_text); if (new_text_len + BufTextLen >= BufSize) @@ -3902,7 +3912,7 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, cons } // Return false to discard a character. -static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source) +static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data, ImGuiInputSource input_source) { IM_ASSERT(input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard || input_source == ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard); unsigned int c = *p_char; @@ -3941,10 +3951,13 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags f // The standard mandate that programs starts in the "C" locale where the decimal point is '.'. // We don't really intend to provide widespread support for it, but out of empathy for people stuck with using odd API, we support the bare minimum aka overriding the decimal point. // Change the default decimal_point with: - // ImGui::GetCurrentContext()->PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = *localeconv()->decimal_point; + // ImGui::GetIO()->PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint = *localeconv()->decimal_point; // Users of non-default decimal point (in particular ',') may be affected by word-selection logic (is_word_boundary_from_right/is_word_boundary_from_left) functions. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const unsigned c_decimal_point = (unsigned int)g.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; + ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; + const unsigned c_decimal_point = (unsigned int)g.IO.PlatformLocaleDecimalPoint; + if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) + if (c == '.' || c == ',') + c = c_decimal_point; // Full-width -> half-width conversion for numeric fields (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halfwidth_and_Fullwidth_Forms_(Unicode_block) // While this is mostly convenient, this has the side-effect for uninformed users accidentally inputting full-width characters that they may @@ -4046,8 +4059,16 @@ void ImGui::InputTextDeactivateHook(ImGuiID id) if (id == 0 || state->ID != id) return; g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID = state->ID; - g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.resize(state->CurLenA + 1); - memcpy(g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data, state->TextA.Data ? state->TextA.Data : "", state->CurLenA + 1); + if (state->Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) + { + g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.resize(0); // In theory this data won't be used, but clear to be neat. + } + else + { + IM_ASSERT(state->TextA.Data != 0); + g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.resize(state->CurLenA + 1); + memcpy(g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data, state->TextA.Data, state->CurLenA + 1); + } } // Edit a string of text @@ -4137,7 +4158,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ return false; item_status_flags = g.LastItemData.StatusFlags; } - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags); if (hovered) g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput; @@ -4302,7 +4323,6 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget. // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active. g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = !io.MouseDown[0]; - g.WantTextInputNextFrame = 1; // Edit in progress const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + state->ScrollX; @@ -4373,7 +4393,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && Shortcut(ImGuiKey_Tab, id) && !is_readonly) { unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); } @@ -4389,7 +4409,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputQueueCharacters[n]; if (c == '\t') // Skip Tab, see above. continue; - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); } @@ -4472,7 +4492,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ else if (!is_readonly) { unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Keyboard)) state->OnKeyPressed((int)c); } } @@ -4480,7 +4500,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll) { - if (state->CurLenA > 0) + if (buf[0] != 0) { revert_edit = true; } @@ -4539,7 +4559,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { unsigned int c; s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL); - if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard)) + if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&g, &c, flags, callback, callback_user_data, ImGuiInputSource_Clipboard)) continue; clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c; } @@ -4568,8 +4588,10 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll) { // Clear input + IM_ASSERT(buf[0] != 0); apply_new_text = ""; apply_new_text_length = 0; + value_changed = true; STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE empty_string; stb_textedit_replace(state, &state->Stb, &empty_string, 0); } @@ -4598,9 +4620,12 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ ImTextStrToUtf8(state->TextA.Data, state->TextA.Size, state->TextW.Data, NULL); } - // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame. + // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer + // before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame. // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail. - // This also allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage (please note that if you use this property along ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize you can end up with your temporary string object unnecessarily allocating once a frame, either store your string data, either if you don't then don't use ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize). + // This also allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage + // (please note that if you use this property along ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize you can end up with your temporary string object + // unnecessarily allocating once a frame, either store your string data, either if you don't then don't use ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize). const bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !revert_edit || (validated && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0); if (apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer) { @@ -4701,11 +4726,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Handle reapplying final data on deactivation (see InputTextDeactivateHook() for details) if (g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID == id) { - if (g.ActiveId != id && IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() && !is_readonly) + if (g.ActiveId != id && IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() && !is_readonly && strcmp(g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data, buf) != 0) { apply_new_text = g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data; apply_new_text_length = g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Size - 1; - value_changed |= (strcmp(g.InputTextDeactivatedState.TextA.Data, buf) != 0); + value_changed = true; //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("InputText(): apply Deactivated data for 0x%08X: \"%.*s\".\n", id, apply_new_text_length, apply_new_text); } g.InputTextDeactivatedState.ID = 0; @@ -4741,8 +4766,11 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ } // Release active ID at the end of the function (so e.g. pressing Return still does a final application of the value) - if (clear_active_id && g.ActiveId == id) + // Otherwise request text input ahead for next frame. + if (g.ActiveId == id && clear_active_id) ClearActiveID(); + else if (g.ActiveId == id) + g.WantTextInputNextFrame = 1; // Render frame if (!is_multiline) @@ -4958,11 +4986,9 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ { // For focus requests to work on our multiline we need to ensure our child ItemAdd() call specifies the ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable (ref issue #4761)... Dummy(ImVec2(text_size.x, text_size.y + style.FramePadding.y)); - ImGuiItemFlags backup_item_flags = g.CurrentItemFlags; - g.CurrentItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable | ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop; + g.NextItemData.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_Inputable | ImGuiItemFlags_NoTabStop; EndChild(); item_data_backup.StatusFlags |= (g.LastItemData.StatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredWindow); - g.CurrentItemFlags = backup_item_flags; // ...and then we need to undo the group overriding last item data, which gets a bit messy as EndGroup() tries to forward scrollbar being active... // FIXME: This quite messy/tricky, should attempt to get rid of the child window. @@ -5796,7 +5822,7 @@ bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFl } // Tooltip - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered) + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputMask_ | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)); return pressed; @@ -5826,7 +5852,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePreviousTooltip, ImGuiWindowFlags_None)) + if (!BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags_OverridePrevious, ImGuiWindowFlags_None)) return; const char* text_end = text ? FindRenderedTextEnd(text, NULL) : text; if (text_end > text) @@ -5864,6 +5890,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) if ((!allow_opt_inputs && !allow_opt_datatype) || !BeginPopup("context")) return; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.LockMarkEdited++; ImGuiColorEditFlags opts = g.ColorEditOptions; if (allow_opt_inputs) { @@ -5906,6 +5933,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) g.ColorEditOptions = opts; EndPopup(); + g.LockMarkEdited--; } void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) @@ -5915,6 +5943,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags fl if ((!allow_opt_picker && !allow_opt_alpha_bar) || !BeginPopup("context")) return; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.LockMarkEdited++; if (allow_opt_picker) { ImVec2 picker_size(g.FontSize * 8, ImMax(g.FontSize * 8 - (GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), 1.0f)); // FIXME: Picker size copied from main picker function @@ -5944,6 +5973,7 @@ void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags fl CheckboxFlags("Alpha Bar", &g.ColorEditOptions, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); } EndPopup(); + g.LockMarkEdited--; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -6140,18 +6170,29 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l if (!display_frame && (flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth)) == 0) interact_bb.Max.x = frame_bb.Min.x + text_width + style.ItemSpacing.x * 2.0f; - // Store a flag for the current depth to tell if we will allow closing this node when navigating one of its child. - // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop(). - // This is currently only support 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero. - const bool is_leaf = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) != 0; + // Compute open and multi-select states before ItemAdd() as it clear NextItem data. bool is_open = TreeNodeUpdateNextOpen(id, flags); - if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) - window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); - bool item_add = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id); g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect; g.LastItemData.DisplayRect = frame_bb; + // If a NavLeft request is happening and ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere enabled: + // Store data for the current depth to allow returning to this node from any child item. + // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop(). + // It will become tempting to enable ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere by default or move it to ImGuiStyle. + // Currently only supports 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero, easy to increase. + if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) + { + g.NavTreeNodeStack.resize(g.NavTreeNodeStack.Size + 1); + ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* nav_tree_node_data = &g.NavTreeNodeStack.back(); + nav_tree_node_data->ID = id; + nav_tree_node_data->InFlags = g.LastItemData.InFlags; + nav_tree_node_data->NavRect = g.LastItemData.NavRect; + window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); + } + + const bool is_leaf = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) != 0; if (!item_add) { if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) @@ -6161,8 +6202,8 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l } ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_None; - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) - button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap; + if ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap) || (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap)) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap; if (!is_leaf) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold; @@ -6218,11 +6259,13 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && is_open) { toggled = true; + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X); NavMoveRequestCancel(); } if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && !is_open) // If there's something upcoming on the line we may want to give it the priority? { toggled = true; + NavClearPreferredPosForAxis(ImGuiAxis_X); NavMoveRequestCancel(); } @@ -6233,8 +6276,6 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledOpen; } } - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) - SetItemAllowOverlap(); // In this branch, TreeNodeBehavior() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger. if (selected != was_selected) //-V547 @@ -6252,9 +6293,9 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.60f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); else if (!is_leaf) - RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y), text_col, is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f); + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y), text_col, is_open ? ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down) : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f); else // Leaf without bullet, left-adjusted text - text_pos.x -= text_offset_x; + text_pos.x -= text_offset_x -padding.x; if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton) frame_bb.Max.x -= g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x; @@ -6274,7 +6315,7 @@ bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* l if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) RenderBullet(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x * 0.5f, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.5f), text_col); else if (!is_leaf) - RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.15f), text_col, is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f); + RenderArrow(window->DrawList, ImVec2(text_pos.x - text_offset_x + padding.x, text_pos.y + g.FontSize * 0.15f), text_col, is_open ? ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_UpsideDownArrow) ? ImGuiDir_Up : ImGuiDir_Down) : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f); if (g.LogEnabled) LogSetNextTextDecoration(">", NULL); RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false); @@ -6321,12 +6362,14 @@ void ImGui::TreePop() ImU32 tree_depth_mask = (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); // Handle Left arrow to move to parent tree node (when ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere is enabled) - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) - if (g.NavIdIsAlive && (window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask & tree_depth_mask)) - { - SetNavID(window->IDStack.back(), g.NavLayer, 0, ImRect()); - NavMoveRequestCancel(); - } + if (window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask & tree_depth_mask) // Only set during request + { + ImGuiNavTreeNodeData* nav_tree_node_data = &g.NavTreeNodeStack.back(); + IM_ASSERT(nav_tree_node_data->ID == window->IDStack.back()); + if (g.NavIdIsAlive && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) + NavMoveRequestResolveWithPastTreeNode(&g.NavMoveResultLocal, nav_tree_node_data); + g.NavTreeNodeStack.pop_back(); + } window->DC.TreeJumpToParentOnPopMask &= tree_depth_mask - 1; IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // There should always be 1 element in the IDStack (pushed during window creation). If this triggers you called TreePop/PopID too much. @@ -6378,7 +6421,7 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFl ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader; if (p_visible) - flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton; + flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ClipLabelForTrailingButton; bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags, label); if (p_visible != NULL) { @@ -6388,8 +6431,8 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFl ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData; float button_size = g.FontSize; - float button_x = ImMax(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f - button_size); - float button_y = g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y; + float button_x = ImMax(g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.x, g.LastItemData.Rect.Max.x - g.Style.FramePadding.x - button_size); + float button_y = g.LastItemData.Rect.Min.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y; ImGuiID close_button_id = GetIDWithSeed("#CLOSE", NULL, id); if (CloseButton(close_button_id, ImVec2(button_x, button_y))) *p_visible = false; @@ -6407,7 +6450,7 @@ bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_visible, ImGuiTreeNodeFl // Tip: pass a non-visible label (e.g. "##hello") then you can use the space to draw other text or image. // But you need to make sure the ID is unique, e.g. enclose calls in PushID/PopID or use ##unique_id. -// With this scheme, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns and ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap are also frequently used flags. +// With this scheme, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns and ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap are also frequently used flags. // FIXME: Selectable() with (size.x == 0.0f) and (SelectableTextAlign.x > 0.0f) followed by SameLine() is currently not supported. bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) { @@ -6491,7 +6534,7 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; } if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnRelease) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; } if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; } - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap; } + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowOverlap) || (g.LastItemData.InFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap)) { button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap; } const bool was_selected = selected; bool hovered, held; @@ -6520,9 +6563,6 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl if (pressed) MarkItemEdited(id); - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowItemOverlap) - SetItemAllowOverlap(); - // In this branch, Selectable() cannot toggle the selection so this will never trigger. if (selected != was_selected) //-V547 g.LastItemData.StatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ToggledSelection; @@ -6533,7 +6573,8 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); } - RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); + if (g.NavId == id) + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); if (span_all_columns && window->DC.CurrentColumns) PopColumnsBackground(); @@ -6612,20 +6653,6 @@ bool ImGui::BeginListBox(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) return true; } -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -// OBSOLETED in 1.81 (from February 2021) -bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items) -{ - // If height_in_items == -1, default height is maximum 7. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - float height_in_items_f = (height_in_items < 0 ? ImMin(items_count, 7) : height_in_items) + 0.25f; - ImVec2 size; - size.x = 0.0f; - size.y = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; - return BeginListBox(label, size); -} -#endif - void ImGui::EndListBox() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -6721,7 +6748,7 @@ int ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_get ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0, &frame_bb)) return -1; - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id, g.LastItemData.InFlags); // Determine scale from values if not specified if (scale_min == FLT_MAX || scale_max == FLT_MAX) @@ -7093,7 +7120,7 @@ void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar() // FIXME: With this strategy we won't be able to restore a NULL focus. ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; if (g.CurrentWindow == g.NavWindow && g.NavLayer == ImGuiNavLayer_Main && !g.NavAnyRequest) - FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(g.NavWindow, NULL, NULL); + FocusTopMostWindowUnderOne(g.NavWindow, NULL, NULL, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_UnlessBelowModal | ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); End(); } @@ -7107,9 +7134,9 @@ static bool IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() // Initially we used 'upper_popup->OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back()' to differentiate multiple menu sets from each others // (e.g. inside menu bar vs loose menu items) based on parent ID. - // This would however prevent the use of e.g. PuhsID() user code submitting menus. + // This would however prevent the use of e.g. PushID() user code submitting menus. // Previously this worked between popup and a first child menu because the first child menu always had the _ChildWindow flag, - // making hovering on parent popup possible while first child menu was focused - but this was generally a bug with other side effects. + // making hovering on parent popup possible while first child menu was focused - but this was generally a bug with other side effects. // Instead we don't treat Popup specifically (in order to consistently support menu features in them), maybe the first child menu of a Popup // doesn't have the _ChildWindow flag, and we rely on this IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() check to allow hovering between root window/popup and first child menu. // In the end, lack of ID check made it so we could no longer differentiate between separate menu sets. To compensate for that, we at least check parent window nav layer. @@ -7117,7 +7144,9 @@ static bool IsRootOfOpenMenuSet() // open on hover, but that should be a lesser problem, because if such menus are close in proximity in window content then it won't feel weird and if they are far apart // it likely won't be a problem anyone runs into. const ImGuiPopupData* upper_popup = &g.OpenPopupStack[g.BeginPopupStack.Size]; - return (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent == upper_popup->ParentNavLayer && upper_popup->Window && (upper_popup->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)); + if (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent != upper_popup->ParentNavLayer) + return false; + return upper_popup->Window && (upper_popup->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) && ImGui::IsWindowChildOf(upper_popup->Window, window, true, false); } bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) @@ -8461,7 +8490,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, } // Click to Select a tab - ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ((is_tab_button ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ((is_tab_button ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlap); if (g.DragDropActive && !g.DragDropPayload.IsDataType(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_WINDOW)) // FIXME: May be an opt-in property of the payload to disable this button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold; bool hovered, held; @@ -8474,10 +8503,6 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, if (held && docked_window && g.ActiveId == id && g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) g.ActiveIdWindow = docked_window; - // Allow the close button to overlap unless we are dragging (in which case we don't want any overlapping tabs to be hovered) - if (g.ActiveId != id) - SetItemAllowOverlap(); - // Drag and drop a single floating window node moves it ImGuiDockNode* node = docked_window ? docked_window->DockNode : NULL; const bool single_floating_window_node = node && node->IsFloatingNode() && (node->Windows.Size == 1); @@ -8594,8 +8619,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, // FIXME: We may want disabled tab to still display the tooltip? if (text_clipped && g.HoveredId == id && !held) if (!(tab_bar->Flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoTooltip) && !(tab->Flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) - if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal)) - SetTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label); + SetItemTooltip("%.*s", (int)(FindRenderedTextEnd(label) - label), label); IM_ASSERT(!is_tab_button || !(tab_bar->SelectedTabId == tab->ID && is_tab_button)); // TabItemButton should not be selected if (is_tab_button) @@ -8706,7 +8730,7 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, } const float button_sz = g.FontSize; - const ImVec2 button_pos(ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x * 2.0f - button_sz), bb.Min.y); + const ImVec2 button_pos(ImMax(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - frame_padding.x - button_sz), bb.Min.y + frame_padding.y); // Close Button & Unsaved Marker // We are relying on a subtle and confusing distinction between 'hovered' and 'g.HoveredId' which happens because we are using ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowOverlapMode + SetItemAllowOverlap() @@ -8724,10 +8748,8 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, if (close_button_visible) { ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData; - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, frame_padding); if (CloseButton(close_button_id, button_pos)) close_button_pressed = true; - PopStyleVar(); g.LastItemData = last_item_backup; // Close with middle mouse button diff --git a/imgui/misc/freetype/README.md b/imgui/misc/freetype/README.md index 140ae225..275a5386 100644 --- a/imgui/misc/freetype/README.md +++ b/imgui/misc/freetype/README.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ Build font atlases using FreeType instead of stb_truetype (which is the default ### About Gamma Correct Blending FreeType assumes blending in linear space rather than gamma space. -See FreeType note for [FT_Render_Glyph](https://www.freetype.org/freetype2/docs/reference/ft2-base_interface.html#FT_Render_Glyph). +See FreeType note for [FT_Render_Glyph](https://freetype.org/freetype2/docs/reference/ft2-glyph_retrieval.html#ft_render_glyph). For correct results you need to be using sRGB and convert to linear space in the pixel shader output. The default Dear ImGui styles will be impacted by this change (alpha values will need tweaking). @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ See https://gist.github.com/ocornut/b3a9ecf13502fd818799a452969649ad ### Known issues -- Oversampling settins are ignored but also not so much necessary with the higher quality rendering. +- Oversampling settings are ignored but also not so much necessary with the higher quality rendering. ### Comparison @@ -35,3 +35,10 @@ You can use the `ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_LoadColor` flag to load certain color ["Using Colorful Glyphs/Emojis"](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FONTS.md#using-colorful-glyphsemojis) section of FONTS.md. ![colored glyphs](https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/8225057/106171241-9dc4ba80-6191-11eb-8a69-ca1467b206d1.png) + +### Using OpenType SVG fonts (SVGinOT) +- *SVG in Open Type* is a standard by Adobe and Mozilla for color OpenType and Open Font Format fonts. It allows font creators to embed complete SVG files within a font enabling full color and even animations. +- Popular fonts such as [twemoji](https://github.com/13rac1/twemoji-color-font) and fonts made with [scfbuild](https://github.com/13rac1/scfbuild) is SVGinOT +- Requires: [lunasvg](https://github.com/sammycage/lunasvg) v2.3.2 and above + 1. Add `#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG` in your `imconfig.h`. + 2. Get latest lunasvg binaries or build yourself. Under Windows you may use vcpkg with: `vcpkg install lunasvg --triplet=x64-windows`. diff --git a/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp b/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp index 503430a6..a11e5825 100644 --- a/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp +++ b/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp @@ -6,13 +6,13 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2023/08/01: added support for SVG fonts, enable by using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG' (#6591) // 2023/01/04: fixed a packing issue which in some occurrences would prevent large amount of glyphs from being packed correctly. // 2021/08/23: fixed crash when FT_Render_Glyph() fails to render a glyph and returns NULL. // 2021/03/05: added ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_Bitmap to load bitmap glyphs. // 2021/03/02: set 'atlas->TexPixelsUseColors = true' to help some backends with deciding of a prefered texture format. // 2021/01/28: added support for color-layered glyphs via ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_LoadColor (require Freetype 2.10+). -// 2021/01/26: simplified integration by using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE'. -// renamed ImGuiFreeType::XXX flags to ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_XXX for consistency with other API. removed ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas(). +// 2021/01/26: simplified integration by using '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE'. renamed ImGuiFreeType::XXX flags to ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_XXX for consistency with other API. removed ImGuiFreeType::BuildFontAtlas(). // 2020/06/04: fix for rare case where FT_Get_Char_Index() succeed but FT_Load_Glyph() fails. // 2019/02/09: added RasterizerFlags::Monochrome flag to disable font anti-aliasing (combine with ::MonoHinting for best results!) // 2019/01/15: added support for imgui allocators + added FreeType only override function SetAllocatorFunctions(). @@ -33,6 +33,8 @@ // FIXME: cfg.OversampleH, OversampleV are not supported (but perhaps not so necessary with this rasterizer). +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_freetype.h" #include "imgui_internal.h" // ImMin,ImMax,ImFontAtlasBuild*, #include @@ -42,6 +44,15 @@ #include FT_GLYPH_H // #include FT_SYNTHESIS_H // +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG +#include FT_OTSVG_H // +#include FT_BBOX_H // +#include +#if !((FREETYPE_MAJOR >= 2) && (FREETYPE_MINOR >= 12)) +#error IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG requires FreeType version >= 2.12 +#endif +#endif + #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning (push) #pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff) @@ -68,6 +79,14 @@ static void* (*GImGuiFreeTypeAllocFunc)(size_t size, void* user_data) = ImGuiFre static void (*GImGuiFreeTypeFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data) = ImGuiFreeTypeDefaultFreeFunc; static void* GImGuiFreeTypeAllocatorUserData = nullptr; +// Lunasvg support +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG +static FT_Error ImGuiLunasvgPortInit(FT_Pointer* state); +static void ImGuiLunasvgPortFree(FT_Pointer* state); +static FT_Error ImGuiLunasvgPortRender(FT_GlyphSlot slot, FT_Pointer* _state); +static FT_Error ImGuiLunasvgPortPresetSlot(FT_GlyphSlot slot, FT_Bool cache, FT_Pointer* _state); +#endif + //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Code //------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -242,7 +261,14 @@ namespace // Need an outline for this to work FT_GlyphSlot slot = Face->glyph; +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG + IM_ASSERT(slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE || slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP || slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_SVG); +#else +#if ((FREETYPE_MAJOR >= 2) && (FREETYPE_MINOR >= 12)) + IM_ASSERT(slot->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_SVG && "The font contains SVG glyphs, you'll need to enable IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG in imconfig.h and install required libraries in order to use this font"); +#endif IM_ASSERT(slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE || slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP); +#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG // Apply convenience transform (this is not picking from real "Bold"/"Italic" fonts! Merely applying FreeType helper transform. Oblique == Slanting) if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_Bold) @@ -768,6 +794,14 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeType(ImFontAtlas* atlas) // If you don't call FT_Add_Default_Modules() the rest of code may work, but FreeType won't use our custom allocator. FT_Add_Default_Modules(ft_library); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG + // Install svg hooks for FreeType + // https://freetype.org/freetype2/docs/reference/ft2-properties.html#svg-hooks + // https://freetype.org/freetype2/docs/reference/ft2-svg_fonts.html#svg_fonts + SVG_RendererHooks hooks = { ImGuiLunasvgPortInit, ImGuiLunasvgPortFree, ImGuiLunasvgPortRender, ImGuiLunasvgPortPresetSlot }; + FT_Property_Set(ft_library, "ot-svg", "svg-hooks", &hooks); +#endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG + bool ret = ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeTypeEx(ft_library, atlas, atlas->FontBuilderFlags); FT_Done_Library(ft_library); @@ -788,6 +822,115 @@ void ImGuiFreeType::SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* u GImGuiFreeTypeAllocatorUserData = user_data; } +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG +// For more details, see https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/freetype/freetype-demos/-/blob/master/src/rsvg-port.c +// The original code from the demo is licensed under CeCILL-C Free Software License Agreement (https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/freetype/freetype/-/blob/master/LICENSE.TXT) +struct LunasvgPortState +{ + FT_Error err = FT_Err_Ok; + lunasvg::Matrix matrix; + std::unique_ptr svg = nullptr; +}; + +static FT_Error ImGuiLunasvgPortInit(FT_Pointer* _state) +{ + *_state = IM_NEW(LunasvgPortState)(); + return FT_Err_Ok; +} + +static void ImGuiLunasvgPortFree(FT_Pointer* _state) +{ + IM_DELETE(*_state); +} + +static FT_Error ImGuiLunasvgPortRender(FT_GlyphSlot slot, FT_Pointer* _state) +{ + LunasvgPortState* state = *(LunasvgPortState**)_state; + + // If there was an error while loading the svg in ImGuiLunasvgPortPresetSlot(), the renderer hook still get called, so just returns the error. + if (state->err != FT_Err_Ok) + return state->err; + + // rows is height, pitch (or stride) equals to width * sizeof(int32) + lunasvg::Bitmap bitmap((uint8_t*)slot->bitmap.buffer, slot->bitmap.width, slot->bitmap.rows, slot->bitmap.pitch); + state->svg->setMatrix(state->svg->matrix().identity()); // Reset the svg matrix to the default value + state->svg->render(bitmap, state->matrix); // state->matrix is already scaled and translated + state->err = FT_Err_Ok; + return state->err; +} + +static FT_Error ImGuiLunasvgPortPresetSlot(FT_GlyphSlot slot, FT_Bool cache, FT_Pointer* _state) +{ + FT_SVG_Document document = (FT_SVG_Document)slot->other; + LunasvgPortState* state = *(LunasvgPortState**)_state; + FT_Size_Metrics& metrics = document->metrics; + + // This function is called twice, once in the FT_Load_Glyph() and another right before ImGuiLunasvgPortRender(). + // If it's the latter, don't do anything because it's // already done in the former. + if (cache) + return state->err; + + state->svg = lunasvg::Document::loadFromData((const char*)document->svg_document, document->svg_document_length); + if (state->svg == nullptr) + { + state->err = FT_Err_Invalid_SVG_Document; + return state->err; + } + + lunasvg::Box box = state->svg->box(); + double scale = std::min(metrics.x_ppem / box.w, metrics.y_ppem / box.h); + double xx = (double)document->transform.xx / (1 << 16); + double xy = -(double)document->transform.xy / (1 << 16); + double yx = -(double)document->transform.yx / (1 << 16); + double yy = (double)document->transform.yy / (1 << 16); + double x0 = (double)document->delta.x / 64 * box.w / metrics.x_ppem; + double y0 = -(double)document->delta.y / 64 * box.h / metrics.y_ppem; + + // Scale and transform, we don't translate the svg yet + state->matrix.identity(); + state->matrix.scale(scale, scale); + state->matrix.transform(xx, xy, yx, yy, x0, y0); + state->svg->setMatrix(state->matrix); + + // Pre-translate the matrix for the rendering step + state->matrix.translate(-box.x, -box.y); + + // Get the box again after the transformation + box = state->svg->box(); + + // Calculate the bitmap size + slot->bitmap_left = FT_Int(box.x); + slot->bitmap_top = FT_Int(-box.y); + slot->bitmap.rows = (unsigned int)(ImCeil((float)box.h)); + slot->bitmap.width = (unsigned int)(ImCeil((float)box.w)); + slot->bitmap.pitch = slot->bitmap.width * 4; + slot->bitmap.pixel_mode = FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA; + + // Compute all the bearings and set them correctly. The outline is scaled already, we just need to use the bounding box. + double metrics_width = box.w; + double metrics_height = box.h; + double horiBearingX = box.x; + double horiBearingY = -box.y; + double vertBearingX = slot->metrics.horiBearingX / 64.0 - slot->metrics.horiAdvance / 64.0 / 2.0; + double vertBearingY = (slot->metrics.vertAdvance / 64.0 - slot->metrics.height / 64.0) / 2.0; + slot->metrics.width = FT_Pos(IM_ROUND(metrics_width * 64.0)); // Using IM_ROUND() assume width and height are positive + slot->metrics.height = FT_Pos(IM_ROUND(metrics_height * 64.0)); + slot->metrics.horiBearingX = FT_Pos(horiBearingX * 64); + slot->metrics.horiBearingY = FT_Pos(horiBearingY * 64); + slot->metrics.vertBearingX = FT_Pos(vertBearingX * 64); + slot->metrics.vertBearingY = FT_Pos(vertBearingY * 64); + + if (slot->metrics.vertAdvance == 0) + slot->metrics.vertAdvance = FT_Pos(metrics_height * 1.2 * 64.0); + + state->err = FT_Err_Ok; + return state->err; +} + +#endif // #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_LUNASVG + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + #ifdef __GNUC__ #pragma GCC diagnostic pop #endif @@ -795,3 +938,5 @@ void ImGuiFreeType::SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* u #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning (pop) #endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h b/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h index 80a1f95e..cc58ba6a 100644 --- a/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h +++ b/imgui/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.h @@ -2,8 +2,8 @@ // (headers) #pragma once - #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE // Forward declarations struct ImFontAtlas; @@ -48,3 +48,5 @@ namespace ImGuiFreeType static inline bool BuildFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas, unsigned int flags = 0) { atlas->FontBuilderIO = GetBuilderForFreeType(); atlas->FontBuilderFlags = flags; return atlas->Build(); } #endif } + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp b/profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp index 54ba606d..e5f0e648 100644 --- a/profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp +++ b/profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp @@ -22,6 +22,8 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) // 2023-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2023-07-18: Inputs: Revert ignoring mouse data on GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED as it can be used differently. User may set ImGuiConfigFLags_NoMouse if desired. (#5625, #6609) +// 2023-06-12: Accept glfwGetTime() not returning a monotonically increasing value. This seems to happens on some Windows setup when peripherals disconnect, and is likely to also happen on browser + Emscripten. (#6491) // 2023-04-04: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen on Windows ONLY, using a custom WndProc hook. (#2702) // 2023-03-16: Inputs: Fixed key modifiers handling on secondary viewports (docking branch). Broken on 2023/01/04. (#6248, #6034) // 2023-03-14: Emscripten: Avoid using glfwGetError() and glfwGetGamepadState() which are not correctly implemented in Emscripten emulation. (#6240) @@ -32,7 +34,7 @@ // 2022-10-18: Perform a dummy glfwGetError() read to cancel missing mouse cursors errors. Using GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED directly. (#5785) // 2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11. // 2022-09-26: Inputs: Renamed ImGuiKey_ModXXX introduced in 1.87 to ImGuiMod_XXX (old names still supported). -// 2022-09-01: Inputs: Honor GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED by not setting mouse position. +// 2022-09-01: Inputs: Honor GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED by not setting mouse position *EDIT* Reverted 2023-07-18. // 2022-04-30: Inputs: Fixed ImGui_ImplGlfw_TranslateUntranslatedKey() for lower case letters on OSX. // 2022-03-23: Inputs: Fixed a regression in 1.87 which resulted in keyboard modifiers events being reported incorrectly on Linux/X11. // 2022-02-07: Added ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallCallbacks()/ImGui_ImplGlfw_RestoreCallbacks() helpers to facilitate user installing callbacks after initializing backend. @@ -69,6 +71,7 @@ // 2016-10-15: Misc: Added a void* user_data parameter to Clipboard function handlers. #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_glfw.h" // Clang warnings with -Weverything @@ -102,7 +105,11 @@ #define GLFW_HAS_WINDOW_HOVERED (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // 3.3+ GLFW_HOVERED #define GLFW_HAS_WINDOW_ALPHA (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwSetWindowOpacity #define GLFW_HAS_PER_MONITOR_DPI (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetMonitorContentScale +#if defined(__EMSCRIPTEN__) || defined(__SWITCH__) // no Vulkan support in GLFW for Emscripten or homebrew Nintendo Switch +#define GLFW_HAS_VULKAN (0) +#else #define GLFW_HAS_VULKAN (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3200) // 3.2+ glfwCreateWindowSurface +#endif #define GLFW_HAS_FOCUS_WINDOW (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3200) // 3.2+ glfwFocusWindow #define GLFW_HAS_FOCUS_ON_SHOW (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // 3.3+ GLFW_FOCUS_ON_SHOW #define GLFW_HAS_MONITOR_WORK_AREA (GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED >= 3300) // 3.3+ glfwGetMonitorWorkarea @@ -414,8 +421,6 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorPosCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double x, double y) ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window)) bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorPos(window, x, y); - if (glfwGetInputMode(window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED) - return; ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable) @@ -436,8 +441,6 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CursorEnterCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int entered) ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); if (bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter != nullptr && ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShouldChainCallback(window)) bd->PrevUserCallbackCursorEnter(window, entered); - if (glfwGetInputMode(window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED) - return; ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); if (entered) @@ -713,6 +716,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_Shutdown() io.BackendPlatformName = nullptr; io.BackendPlatformUserData = nullptr; + io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad | ImGuiBackendFlags_PlatformHasViewports | ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseHoveredViewport); IM_DELETE(bd); } @@ -722,11 +726,6 @@ static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMouseData() ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO(); - if (glfwGetInputMode(bd->Window, GLFW_CURSOR) == GLFW_CURSOR_DISABLED) - { - io.AddMousePosEvent(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX); - return; - } ImGuiID mouse_viewport_id = 0; const ImVec2 mouse_pos_prev = io.MousePos; @@ -876,10 +875,14 @@ static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMonitors() { ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO(); + bd->WantUpdateMonitors = false; + int monitors_count = 0; GLFWmonitor** glfw_monitors = glfwGetMonitors(&monitors_count); + if (monitors_count == 0) // Preserve existing monitor list if there are none. Happens on macOS sleeping (#5683) + return; + platform_io.Monitors.resize(0); - bd->WantUpdateMonitors = false; for (int n = 0; n < monitors_count; n++) { ImGuiPlatformMonitor monitor; @@ -905,6 +908,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMonitors() glfwGetMonitorContentScale(glfw_monitors[n], &x_scale, &y_scale); monitor.DpiScale = x_scale; #endif + monitor.PlatformHandle = (void*)glfw_monitors[n]; // [...] GLFW doc states: "guaranteed to be valid only until the monitor configuration changes" platform_io.Monitors.push_back(monitor); } } @@ -927,7 +931,10 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame() ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMonitors(); // Setup time step + // (Accept glfwGetTime() not returning a monotonically increasing value. Seems to happens on disconnecting peripherals and probably on VMs and Emscripten, see #6491, #6189, #6114, #3644) double current_time = glfwGetTime(); + if (current_time <= bd->Time) + current_time = bd->Time + 0.00001f; io.DeltaTime = bd->Time > 0.0 ? (float)(current_time - bd->Time) : (float)(1.0f / 60.0f); bd->Time = current_time; @@ -1275,6 +1282,10 @@ static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ShutdownPlatformInterface() ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop #endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h b/profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h index 2e3b8bf2..241a9710 100644 --- a/profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h +++ b/profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_glfw.h @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ #pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE struct GLFWwindow; struct GLFWmonitor; @@ -50,3 +51,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_ScrollCallback(GLFWwindow* window, double IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyCallback(GLFWwindow* window, int key, int scancode, int action, int mods); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c); IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback(GLFWmonitor* monitor, int event); + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp b/profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp index b603fff8..dea2eb7a 100644 --- a/profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp +++ b/profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp @@ -8,6 +8,11 @@ // [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices (Desktop OpenGL only). // [X] Renderer: Multi-viewport support (multiple windows). Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'. +// About WebGL/ES: +// - You need to '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2' or '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3' to use WebGL or OpenGL ES. +// - This is done automatically on iOS, Android and Emscripten targets. +// - For other targets, the define needs to be visible from the imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp compilation unit. If unsure, define globally or in imconfig.h. + // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. // If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. @@ -16,6 +21,9 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) // 2023-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2023-06-20: OpenGL: Fixed erroneous use glGetIntegerv(GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK) on contexts lower than 3.2. (#6539, #6333) +// 2023-05-09: OpenGL: Support for glBindSampler() backup/restore on ES3. (#6375) +// 2023-04-18: OpenGL: Restore front and back polygon mode separately when supported by context. (#6333) // 2023-03-23: OpenGL: Properly restoring "no shader program bound" if it was the case prior to running the rendering function. (#6267, #6220, #6224) // 2023-03-15: OpenGL: Fixed GL loader crash when GL_VERSION returns NULL. (#6154, #4445, #3530) // 2023-03-06: OpenGL: Fixed restoration of a potentially deleted OpenGL program, by calling glIsProgram(). (#6220, #6224) @@ -98,13 +106,10 @@ #endif #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_opengl3.h" #include -#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier -#include // intptr_t -#else #include // intptr_t -#endif #if defined(__APPLE__) #include #endif @@ -177,8 +182,8 @@ #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET #endif -// Desktop GL 3.3+ has glBindSampler() -#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && defined(GL_VERSION_3_3) +// Desktop GL 3.3+ and GL ES 3.0+ have glBindSampler() +#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && (defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) || defined(GL_VERSION_3_3)) #define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER #endif @@ -206,6 +211,10 @@ struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data { GLuint GlVersion; // Extracted at runtime using GL_MAJOR_VERSION, GL_MINOR_VERSION queries (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2) char GlslVersionString[32]; // Specified by user or detected based on compile time GL settings. + bool GlProfileIsES2; + bool GlProfileIsES3; + bool GlProfileIsCompat; + GLint GlProfileMask; GLuint FontTexture; GLuint ShaderHandle; GLint AttribLocationTex; // Uniforms location @@ -278,7 +287,12 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version) io.BackendRendererName = "imgui_impl_opengl3"; // Query for GL version (e.g. 320 for GL 3.2) -#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) +#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) + // GLES 2 + bd->GlVersion = 200; + bd->GlProfileIsES2 = true; +#else + // Desktop or GLES 3 GLint major = 0; GLint minor = 0; glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, &major); @@ -290,6 +304,15 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version) sscanf(gl_version, "%d.%d", &major, &minor); } bd->GlVersion = (GLuint)(major * 100 + minor * 10); +#if defined(GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK) + if (bd->GlVersion >= 320) + glGetIntegerv(GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK, &bd->GlProfileMask); + bd->GlProfileIsCompat = (bd->GlProfileMask & GL_CONTEXT_COMPATIBILITY_PROFILE_BIT) != 0; +#endif + +#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) + bd->GlProfileIsES3 = true; +#endif bd->UseBufferSubData = false; /* @@ -300,12 +323,10 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version) bd->UseBufferSubData = true; #endif */ -#else - bd->GlVersion = 200; // GLES 2 #endif #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_DEBUG - printf("GL_MAJOR_VERSION = %d\nGL_MINOR_VERSION = %d\nGL_VENDOR = '%s'\nGL_RENDERER = '%s'\n", major, minor, (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR), (const char*)glGetString(GL_RENDERER)); // [DEBUG] + printf("GlVersion = %d\nGlProfileIsCompat = %d\nGlProfileMask = 0x%X\nGlProfileIsES2 = %d, GlProfileIsES3 = %d\nGL_VENDOR = '%s'\nGL_RENDERER = '%s'\n", bd->GlVersion, bd->GlProfileIsCompat, bd->GlProfileMask, bd->GlProfileIsES2, bd->GlProfileIsES3, (const char*)glGetString(GL_VENDOR), (const char*)glGetString(GL_RENDERER)); // [DEBUG] #endif #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_VTX_OFFSET @@ -366,6 +387,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Shutdown() ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects(); io.BackendRendererName = nullptr; io.BackendRendererUserData = nullptr; + io.BackendFlags &= ~(ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset | ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasViewports); IM_DELETE(bd); } @@ -431,8 +453,8 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, int fb_wid glUniformMatrix4fv(bd->AttribLocationProjMtx, 1, GL_FALSE, &ortho_projection[0][0]); #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER - if (bd->GlVersion >= 330) - glBindSampler(0, 0); // We use combined texture/sampler state. Applications using GL 3.3 may set that otherwise. + if (bd->GlVersion >= 330 || bd->GlProfileIsES3) + glBindSampler(0, 0); // We use combined texture/sampler state. Applications using GL 3.3 and GL ES 3.0 may set that otherwise. #endif (void)vertex_array_object; @@ -470,7 +492,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) GLuint last_program; glGetIntegerv(GL_CURRENT_PROGRAM, (GLint*)&last_program); GLuint last_texture; glGetIntegerv(GL_TEXTURE_BINDING_2D, (GLint*)&last_texture); #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER - GLuint last_sampler; if (bd->GlVersion >= 330) { glGetIntegerv(GL_SAMPLER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_sampler); } else { last_sampler = 0; } + GLuint last_sampler; if (bd->GlVersion >= 330 || bd->GlProfileIsES3) { glGetIntegerv(GL_SAMPLER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_sampler); } else { last_sampler = 0; } #endif GLuint last_array_buffer; glGetIntegerv(GL_ARRAY_BUFFER_BINDING, (GLint*)&last_array_buffer); #ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_USE_VERTEX_ARRAY @@ -597,7 +619,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) if (last_program == 0 || glIsProgram(last_program)) glUseProgram(last_program); glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, last_texture); #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_MAY_HAVE_BIND_SAMPLER - if (bd->GlVersion >= 330) + if (bd->GlVersion >= 330 || bd->GlProfileIsES3) glBindSampler(0, last_sampler); #endif glActiveTexture(last_active_texture); @@ -623,8 +645,20 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) #endif #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE - glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]); -#endif + // Desktop OpenGL 3.0 and OpenGL 3.1 had separate polygon draw modes for front-facing and back-facing faces of polygons + if (bd->GlVersion <= 310 || bd->GlProfileIsCompat) + { + // Yeah, not doing GL headers regen for this shit + + //glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]); + //glPolygonMode(GL_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[1]); + } + else + { + glPolygonMode(GL_FRONT_AND_BACK, (GLenum)last_polygon_mode[0]); + } +#endif // IMGUI_IMPL_HAS_POLYGON_MODE + glViewport(last_viewport[0], last_viewport[1], (GLsizei)last_viewport[2], (GLsizei)last_viewport[3]); glScissor(last_scissor_box[0], last_scissor_box[1], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[2], (GLsizei)last_scissor_box[3]); (void)bd; // Not all compilation paths use this @@ -937,9 +971,13 @@ static void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_ShutdownPlatformInterface() ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + #if defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic pop #endif #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop #endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h b/profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h index ea0b8516..ab46a8af 100644 --- a/profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h +++ b/profiler/src/imgui/imgui_impl_opengl3.h @@ -8,6 +8,11 @@ // [X] Renderer: Large meshes support (64k+ vertices) with 16-bit indices (Desktop OpenGL only). // [X] Renderer: Multi-viewport support (multiple windows). Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'. +// About WebGL/ES: +// - You need to '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2' or '#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3' to use WebGL or OpenGL ES. +// - This is done automatically on iOS, Android and Emscripten targets. +// - For other targets, the define needs to be visible from the imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp compilation unit. If unsure, define globally or in imconfig.h. + // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. // If you are new to Dear ImGui, read documentation from the docs/ folder + read the top of imgui.cpp. @@ -20,6 +25,7 @@ #pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE // Backend API IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version = nullptr); @@ -54,3 +60,5 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyDeviceObjects(); #endif #endif + +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE